TW202202720A - Data and power network of a facility - Google Patents

Abstract

A data communications network in or on a building facilitates wired and wireless connectivity. The network may include wiring that convey electrical power, and two type of communication signals. The network may facilitate control of a plurality of devices in an enclosure (e.g., facility) such as sensors, emitters, and/or tintable windows. The disclosure includes network power management.

Description

Facility priority application information and power grid

The present invention relates to information on utility priority applications and power grids.

As high data rate wireless and wired connections become not only desirable, but sometimes necessary, facilities (eg, buildings) may not only allow the transmission of wireless signals, but may also facilitate such transmission and/or facilitate Stable wired network. This is especially true as wireless connections move to higher frequency carrier bands (eg, as is the case with fifth-generation (5G) wireless networking) and/or as the physical infrastructure of facilities (eg, buildings) becomes increasingly more connected to the Internet.

A cabling network to separately handle multiple centralized control objects (eg, devices, or components) can be complex and expensive because of the increased number of objects to which it is communicatively coupled. Targets may be of different types (eg, sensors, antennas, output devices, and/or tintables, eg, including optically switchable devices). The complexity of the wire network may be further increased when the network is requested to assist in streaming multiple functions (eg, audio, video, data, and/or electricity) to and/or from those targets. When a target (eg, a third-party device) is coupled to the network, a network crash or failure (eg, due to excessive (eg, electrical) power consumption) may result. As the cable system becomes lengthy and/or includes multiple junctions (eg, nodes), the signal transmitted over the network may tend to be attenuated, so that it may become drowned in noise and cannot be deciphered (eg, it may be decay as it travels along the network). Certain signals (eg, 5G signals) that have minimal (eg, no) penetration into an enclosure (eg, a facility such as a building) may need to be introduced into the enclosure from the outside environment via a cable network . Cable networks can become more expensive and/or complex as the number, coverage, and/or volume of (eg, parallel) cabling, objects, data, communications, and/or power distribution. In some embodiments, the distribution of electrical power includes the distribution of any electrical component, eg, the distribution of electrical current. Consequently, networks with traditional cabling types and topologies may become expensive and/or unsuitable for such high density applications.

Various aspects disclosed herein alleviate at least some of the above-mentioned disadvantages.

The present disclosure provides systems, apparatus, and/or non-transitory computer-readable media (eg, software) that facilitate wired and/or wireless connections within an enclosure.

In some aspects, disclosed herein is a coaxial cable that is controlled to transmit complex stream types confined to different (eg, distinguishable) frequency windows. For example, a single stream type may be limited to one or more (eg, distinguishable) frequency windows. Power to the target can be controlled (eg, managed and/or limited). The targets can be identified, and optionally their identity verified (eg, via a blockchain), before being fully connected to a communication network including cabling. Nodes of the network and/or cable infrastructure communicatively coupled to the network cabling can be designed to preserve and/or enhance the strength of signals transmitted over the network. The cable network can facilitate the transmission of signals from the external environment of the enclosure into the internal enclosure environment and vice versa, for example, by using external and internal antennas. The system may include direct current (abbreviated "DC" herein) power distributors, repeaters, range extenders, and/or signal repeaters. Examples of blockchain usage, identification, security, and control systems can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/858,634, filed on June 7, 2019, entitled "Secure Building Services Network," which is fully Incorporated herein by reference.

In another aspect, a system for power and communication transmission in a facility, the system comprising: (a) a cabling system having at least one device configured to transmit electrical current for controlling the facility a first communication type, and a cable configured for media communication a second communication type, the cabling system configured to be operatively coupled to the at least one device; (b) a first antenna, it is configured to receive signals of the second communication type external to the facility and externally transmit signals of the second communication type to the facility, the first antenna is operatively coupled to the cabling system; (c) a second antenna configured to (i) receive signals of the second communication type within the facility and (ii) transmit signals of the second communication type internally within the facility, the second antenna being operatively coupled to the cabling system; and (d) at least one controller operatively coupled to the cabling system and configured to control the at least one device using the first communication type.

In some embodiments, the cable is configured to carry current, the first communication type, and the second communication type simultaneously. In some embodiments, the first communication type and the second communication type do not have overlapping signal frequencies. In some embodiments, the first communication type is in a frequency window. In some embodiments, the first communication type includes a complex frequency window. In some embodiments, the second communication type is in a frequency window. In some embodiments, the second communication type includes a complex frequency window. In some embodiments, the cabling system is operatively coupled to one or more signal frequency filters. In some embodiments, the cabling system is operatively coupled to one or more signal amplifiers and/or repeaters. In some embodiments, the second communication type includes fourth generation (4G) and/or fifth generation (5G) cellular communication. In some embodiments, the second communication type includes an analog radio frequency signal. In some embodiments, the first antenna is a directional antenna. In some embodiments, the second antenna is part of a distributed antenna system. In some embodiments, the second antenna is configured in one of a plurality of edge distribution frame devices configured in the facility. In some embodiments, the current is direct current. In some embodiments, the current directed to the at least one device is a maximum of about 48 volts DC. In some embodiments, the cable of the cabling system is a coaxial cable. In some embodiments, the cabling system includes a fiber optic cable. In some embodiments, the facility includes floors, and wherein the cabling system includes a fiber optic cable that transmits the first communication type and/or the second communication type between the floors. In some embodiments, the facility includes a plurality of control panels, and wherein the cabling system includes a fiber optic cable that transmits the first communication type and/or the second communication type between the plurality of control panels. In some embodiments, the cabling system includes a distribution junction. In some embodiments, the distribution junction distributes power unevenly. In some embodiments, the distribution interface distributes the first communication type and/or the second communication type unevenly. In some embodiments, the distribution junction is passive. In some embodiments, the distribution junction includes an active element. In some embodiments, the active element is a controller. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to generate the first communication type. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to be operatively coupled to a building management system. In some embodiments, the first communication type is generated and/or used by the at least one device. In some embodiments, the at least one device includes a sensor, transmitter, antenna, color changing window, lighting, security system, heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC). In some embodiments, the sensor is sensitive to movement. In some embodiments, the sensor includes an accelerometer. In some embodiments, the transmitter includes an optical transmitter or an acoustic transmitter. In some embodiments, the sensor includes an infrared, ultraviolet, or visible light sensor. In some embodiments, the sensor is sensitive to at least one environmental characteristic, including humidity, carbon dioxide, temperature, sound, electromagnetism, volatile organic compounds, or pressure. In some embodiments, the sensor includes a gas sensor that is sensitive to gas type, movement, and/or pressure. In some embodiments, the device is part of a device ensemble comprising one or more devices enclosed in a housing. In some embodiments, the one or more devices comprise at least two devices of the same type. In some embodiments, the one or more devices include at least two devices that are of different types. In some embodiments, the facility is a multistory building. In some embodiments, the cabling system serves at least a portion of the multistory building. In some embodiments, the multistory building is a skyscraper.

In another aspect, a method of power and communication transmission in a facility, the method comprising: performing at least one operation using any of the above systems.

In another aspect, an apparatus for power and communication transmission in a facility, the apparatus comprising at least one controller configured to be operatively coupled to the system and to use any of the aforementioned systems perform (or direct) at least one operation (the performance of). In some embodiments, the at least one controller includes circuitry. In some embodiments, at least two of the at least one operation are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. In some embodiments, at least two of the at least one operation are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller.

In another aspect, a non-transitory computer-readable program product for power and communication transmission in a facility, the non-transitory computer program product having instructions written thereon, when processed by one or more The instructions, when executed by a processor, cause the one or more processors to perform at least one operation using any of the systems described above. In some embodiments, the one or more processors are operatively coupled to the system. In some embodiments, at least two of the at least one operation are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. In some embodiments, at least two of the at least one operation are performed by different processors of the one or more controllers. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium.

In another aspect, an apparatus for controlling at least one device of a facility, the apparatus comprising at least one controller having an electrical circuit, the at least one controller being configured to: (a) be coupled to having a cable a cabling system configured to carry electrical current, a first communication type for controlling the at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication, the cabling system configured to operate coupled to the at least one device; (b) coupled to a first antenna configured to receive signals of the second communication type outside the facility and externally transmit signals of the second communication type to the facility (c) coupled to a second antenna configured to (i) receive signals of the second communication type within the facility, and (ii) transmit signals of the second communication type internally within the facility; (d) directing the second communication type from the first antenna to the second antenna; directing the second communication type from the second antenna to the first antenna; operatively coupled to the facility's at least one device; and (e) using (or directing) the first communication type to control the at least one device of the facility. In some embodiments, the at least one controller includes circuitry. In some embodiments, at least two of (a) to (e) are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. In some embodiments, at least two of (a) to (e) are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller.

In another aspect, a non-transitory computer readable program product for controlling at least one device in a facility, the non-transitory computer readable program product having instructions that, when read by at least one processor, The instructions cause the at least one processor to perform operations including: (a) transmitting (or directing transmission) current through a cable, controlling a first communication type for the at least one device, and configuring for media a second communication type of communication, the cable being part of a cabling system to which the at least one device is operatively coupled; (b) directing signals of the second communication type received by a first antenna to a A second antenna and the signal of the second communication type received by the second antenna to the first antenna, the first antenna being configured to receive the signal of the second communication type outside the facility and to externally transmits the signal of the second communication type to the facility, the second antenna is configured to (i) receive the signal of the second communication type within the facility, and (ii) transmit internally within the facility A signal of the second communication type; and (c) controlling (or directing) (the control of) the at least one device by using the first communication type.

In some embodiments, the one or more processors are operatively coupled to the cabling system. In some embodiments, the at least two operations are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. In some embodiments, the at least two operations are performed by different processors of the one or more controllers. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium.

In another aspect, a method for controlling at least one device of a facility, the method comprising: (a) transmitting (i) an electrical current through a cable, (ii) a first device for controlling the at least one device a communication type, and (iii) a second communication type configured for media communication, the cable being part of a cabling system to which the at least one device is operatively coupled; (b) directed by a first The signal of the second communication type received by the antenna is sent to a second antenna, and the signal of the second communication type received by the second antenna is sent to the first antenna, and the first antenna is set configured to receive the second communication type signal outside the facility and externally transmit the second communication type signal to the facility, the second antenna is configured to (i) receive the second communication inside the facility type of signals, and (ii) internally transmit signals of a second communication type in the facility; and (c) control the at least one device by using the first communication type.

In some embodiments, the method further includes simultaneously transmitting the current, the first communication type, and the second communication type on the cable. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the first communication type and the second communication type such that the first communication type and the second communication type do not have overlapping signal frequencies. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the first communication type in a frequency window. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the first communication type in a complex frequency window. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the second communication type in a frequency window. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the second communication type in a complex frequency window. In some embodiments, the method further includes operatively coupling the cabling system to one or more signal frequency filters. In some embodiments, the method further includes operatively coupling the cabling system to one or more signal amplifiers and/or repeaters. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the second communication type as fourth generation (4G) and/or fifth generation (5G) cellular communication. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the second communication type as an analog radio frequency signal. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the first antenna as a directional antenna. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the second antenna as part of a distributed antenna system. In some embodiments, the method further includes configuring the second antenna in one of a plurality of edge distribution frame devices configured in the facility. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the current as a direct current. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the current at a maximum of about 48 volts DC. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the cable of the cabling system as a coaxial cable. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the cabling system including a fiber optic cable. In some embodiments, the facility includes floors. In some embodiments, the method further comprises providing and/or using the cabling system including a fiber optic cable configured to transmit (i) the first communication type and/or (ii) between the floors ) the second communication type. In some embodiments, the facility includes a plurality of control panels. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the cabling system including a fiber optic cable configured to transmit (i) the first communication type and/or between the plurality of control panels (ii) the second communication type. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using a distribution junction as part of the cabling system. In some embodiments, the method further includes the distribution junction distributing power unevenly. In some embodiments, the method further includes the allocation interface non-uniformly allocating the first communication type and/or the second communication type. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the distribution junction as a passive device. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the distribution junction as an active device. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the active element as a controller. In some embodiments, the cabling system is operatively coupled to a building management system. In some embodiments, the method further includes generating and/or utilizing, by the at least one device, the first communication type. In some embodiments, the method further comprises providing and/or using the at least one device comprising a sensor, transmitter, antenna, color changing window, lighting, security system, heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system, or any combination or plural thereof. In some embodiments, the sensor is configured to sense movement. In some embodiments, the sensor includes an accelerometer. In some embodiments, the transmitter includes a light transmitter or a sound transmitter. In some embodiments, the sensor includes an infrared, ultraviolet, or visible light sensor. In some embodiments, the method further includes wherein the sensor is configured to sense at least one environmental characteristic, including humidity, carbon dioxide, temperature, sound, electromagnetic, volatile organic compounds, or pressure. In some embodiments, the sensor includes a gas sensor that is sensitive to gas type, movement, and/or pressure. In some embodiments, the method further includes configuring the device to be part of a device ensemble including one or more devices enclosed in a housing. In some embodiments, the method further includes configuring the one or more devices to be at least two devices of the same type. In some embodiments, the method further includes configuring the one or more devices to be at least two devices of different types. In some embodiments, the method further includes configuring the facility to be a multi-story building. In some embodiments, the method further includes configuring the cabling system to service at least a portion of the multistory building. In some embodiments, the multistory building is a skyscraper. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the cabling system as a trunk cable. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using a distribution interface configured to operatively couple the trunk cable to a drop cable.

In another aspect, an apparatus for controlling at least one device of a facility includes at least one controller having a circuit configured to: (i) be operatively coupled to A cabling system comprising: a trunk cable configured to carry electrical current, a first communication type for controlling at least one device, and a trunk cable of a second communication type configured for media communication, configured to carry the electrical current, and (i) a branch cable of the first communication type, and/or (ii) the second communication type, the branch cable configured to be coupled to the at least one device; a distribution junction comprising A first connection, a second connection, and a third connection, the junctions are configured to: (a) be coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) ) coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) directing the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (d) from the first connection to the second connection along the directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable, (e) directing the current from the trunk cable to the branch cable, and (f) directing the current from the trunk cable to the branch cable the first communication type and/or the second communication type; (g) operatively coupled to the at least one device; and (h) using (or directing) the first communication type to control the at least one device .

In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to receive (or direct) a power request (eg, a current request) from the at least one device. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to receive (or direct) a power demand (eg, current demand) from the at least one device. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to direct the current to the at least one device along the trunk cable, the current being transmitted through the distribution junction. In some embodiments, the transfer of the current through the distribution junction is performed without the control of the at least one controller. In some embodiments, the distribution interface is configured not to be controlled by a first controller that is configured to control: (i) the current, (ii) the first communication type, ( iii) the second communication type, or (iv) any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the dispensing junction is controlled by a second controller different from the first controller. In some embodiments, the dispensing junction is not controlled by a controller. In some embodiments, the distribution junction is passive. In some embodiments, the distribution interface includes a controller that controls (i) the current, (ii) the first communication type, and/or (iii) the second communication type through the distribution interface face to transmit. In some embodiments, the distribution junction is active. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to control the directed current in response to the power demand (eg, current demand) received from the at least one device. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to formulate (or direct) a time schedule (the formulation of) for the operation of the at least one device. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to determine (or direct) the time duration it will take for a given procedure to occur on the device. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to determine (or direct) when the at least one device needs to operate. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to determine (or direct) the determination of (i) a mode of operation, (ii) a scheme of the at least one device, or (iii) any combination or plurality thereof. ). In some embodiments, the determination is based, at least in part, on operation of at least one other device operatively coupled to the network. In some embodiments, the mode of operation includes continuous operation and/or intermittent operation. In some embodiments, the at least one device includes a first device having a first mode of operation and a second device having a second mode of operation, and the at least one controller is configured to stagger (or direct) The (interleaving) of the first and second modes of operation. In some embodiments, the at least one device includes a first device configured to send a first request, and a second device configured to send a second request, and wherein the at least one controller is configured Interleaving (or directing) the first request and (the interleaving of) the second request. In some embodiments, the at least one device is a third-party device. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to manage (or direct) the (management of) the at least one device. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to operate (or direct) the (operation of) the at least one device. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to identify (or direct) how the at least one controller is operatively coupled (i) to a channel of a plurality of channels, and/or (ii) to the at least one A device (identification) of a device. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to prioritize (or direct) a power budget for the at least one controller and/or the channel according to a logic. In some embodiments, the logic includes business logic. In some embodiments, the logic includes a spatial specification. In some embodiments, the space specifies a priority for spaces containing the facility. In some embodiments, the space designation contains a class (eg, a type) of a space. In some embodiments, the space designation includes a space having at least one characteristic comprising: a height, a width, a length, a floor area, a volume, a temperature, a humidity level, a contamination level , a radon level, a particulate level, a carbon dioxide level, a volatile organic compound (VOC) level, a pollen level, a residential space, a commercial space, an office space, including one or more partitions one space, one dining space, one living space, one bedroom space, one garage, one factory, one basement, one storage area, one toilet, one closet, one hallway, one windowless space, one or more windows , a space with an exterior wall, a space with only interior walls, a thermally insulated space, a non-thermally insulated space, an acoustically insulated space, a non-acoustically insulated space, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the space designation includes an occupancy level. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to determine (or direct) the occupancy level by using at least one occupancy sensor. In some embodiments, the at least one occupancy sensor includes a geographic location, infrared, or visible light sensor. In some embodiments, the geographic location sensor is configured to detect electromagnetic radiation, including ultra-wideband (UWB) radio waves, ultra-high frequency (UHF) radio waves, or those used in global positioning systems (GPS) radio waves. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to determine (or direct) the occupancy level based at least in part on dead-reckoning. In some embodiments, the space designation includes a footprint. In some embodiments, the logic includes a schedule, or one or more external conditions external to the facility. In some embodiments, the logic includes (i) a device specification, (ii) a device power request, (iii) a device power requirement for the at least one device, (iv) a power request from the at least one device, (v) a predicted power usage of the at least one device, (vi) machine learning (ML), (vii) one or more scheduling constraints, (vii) historical data, (viii) product management, or (ix) a or more reasonable inferences. In some embodiments, the device power requirement specifies one or more specifications including (i) the amount of power, (ii) the delivery time of the power, or (iii) the delivery duration of the power. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to use (or direct) the power budget prioritization (use) to generate the channel of the plurality of channels, and/or a device of the at least one device Electricity distribution scheme. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to distribute (or direct) power (eg, current) to the channel of the plurality of channels and/or the device of the at least one device. In some embodiments, the at least one device includes a plurality of devices, and the at least one controller is configured to define (or direct) a priority list (definition) of devices for power usage between the plurality of devices. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to monitor (or direct the monitoring of) power distribution to the plurality of devices, and wherein the plurality of devices are coupled to a network. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to receive (or direct) a power (eg, current) budget request from one or more of the plurality of devices. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to take into account (or direct) (i) the power budget request, (ii) the power budget request and any other power budget requests, (iii) the power budget request in the network a distribution status of power, (iv) a forecast of future distribution of power in the network, (v) a historical power usage of any of the plurality of devices in the network, (vi) a trend of power usage of any of the plurality of devices , or (vii) any combination or plural thereof. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to generate (or direct) a result (the generation) of the power distribution with respect to a device of the plurality of devices from which the at least one controller receives The electricity budget request. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to intermittently supply (or direct) power to the device of the plurality of devices, the at least one controller receives the power budget request from the device . In some embodiments, the intermittent supply comprises regular (eg, repeating) intervals. In some embodiments, the intermittent supply includes irregular (eg, non-repeating) intervals. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to delay (or direct) the continuous supply of power (eg, current) to the device(s) of the plurality of devices from which the at least one controller is configured The power budget request is received. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to disconnect (or direct) a device of the plurality of devices in response to detecting that the device is consuming power above a threshold value. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to terminate (or direct) the second communication type to a device of the plurality of devices in response to detecting that the device is using power above a threshold termination). In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to remove (or direct) at least a portion of the power from a device of the plurality of devices in response to detecting that the device is using power above a threshold (removal). In some embodiments, the priority list is based at least in part on business logic. In some embodiments, the power budget request is for a modified power budget. In some embodiments, the power usage trend is determined based at least in part on machine learning. In some embodiments, at least one controller is operatively coupled to a network to which the one or more color changing windows are operatively coupled. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to generate (or direct) a model using one or more modes of operation. In some embodiments, the one or more modes of operation include a transition of one or more color-changing windows. In some embodiments, the one or more modes of operation include artificial intelligence or machine learning. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to collect (or direct) information to generate a training set. In some embodiments, the collected information includes historical measurements. In some embodiments, the historical measurements are facility. In some embodiments, the historical measurements are of another facility. In some embodiments, the collected information includes synthesized measurements. In some embodiments, the collected information is collected from the software and/or hardware of a local controller. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to use (or direct) the training set to predict future power usage of at least one device. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to deliver (or direct) power to the at least one device based at least on the prediction of future power (eg, current) usage of the at least one device. In some embodiments, the at least one controller includes circuitry. In some embodiments, at least two of (a) to (h) are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. In some embodiments, at least two of (a) to (h) are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller.

In another aspect, a method of controlling at least one device of a facility includes performing at least one operation using the operation of any of the at least one controller described above.

In another aspect, a non-transitory computer-readable program product for controlling at least one device of a facility, the non-transitory computer program product having instructions written thereon, when executed by one or more processors The instructions, when executed, cause the one or more processors to perform the operations of any one of the at least one controller described above. In some embodiments, the one or more processors are operatively coupled to the trunk cable. In some embodiments, the at least two operations are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. In some embodiments, the at least two operations are performed by different processors of the one or more controllers. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium.

In another aspect, a system for controlling at least one device of a facility includes a structural assembly using any of the structures (eg, equipment) described above.

In another aspect, a system for power and communication transfer, the system comprising: a first communication type configured to transfer an electrical current, a first communication type configured for controlling at least one device, and a communication type configured for media communication a trunk cable of a second communication type; configured to carry the current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or (ii) a branch cable of the second communication type, the branch cable being configured to coupled to the at least one device; and a distribution interface having a first connection, a second connection, and a third connection, the interface being configured: (a) by the first connection and by the The second connection is coupled along the trunk cable, (b) is coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) directs the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, ( d) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (e) directing the current flow from the trunk cable to the drop cable, and ( f) Directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the trunk cable to the drop cable.

In another aspect, a non-transitory computer readable program product for controlling at least one device in a facility, the non-transitory computer readable program product having instructions that, when read by at least one processor, The instructions cause the at least one processor to perform operations including: (A) transmitting (or directing transmission) an electrical current through a cabling system, a first communication type for controlling the at least one device, and configuration A second communication type for media communication, the cable being part of a cabling system to which the at least one device is operatively coupled, the cabling system comprising: configured to carry the current, for controlling the at least one A first communication type of device, and a trunk cable of a second communication type configured for media communication; configured to carry the current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or (ii) the A branch cable of a second communication type configured to couple to the at least one device; and a distribution interface having a first connection, a second connection, and a third connection, the interface are configured: (a) coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) from the directing the current flow along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (d) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (e) direct the current from the trunk cable to the branch cable, and (f) direct the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the trunk cable to the branch cable; and (B) by The first communication type is used to control (or direct) (the control of) the at least one device.

In some embodiments, the one or more processors are operatively coupled to the trunk cable. In some embodiments, the at least two operations are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. In some embodiments, the at least two operations are performed by different processors of the one or more controllers. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium.

In another aspect, a method for controlling at least one device of a facility, the method comprising: (A) transmitting an electrical current through a cabling system, a first communication type for controlling the at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication, the cable being part of a cabling system to which the at least one device is operatively coupled, the cabling system comprising: a trunk configured to carry the current cable, a first communication type for controlling at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication; configured to carry the current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or ( ii) a branch line cable of the second communication type, the branch line being configured to be coupled to the at least one device and having a distribution interface with a first connection, a second connection, and a third connection, The junction is configured: (a) coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) ) directing the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (d) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection the type of communication, (e) directing the current from the trunk cable to the branch cable, and (f) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the trunk cable to the branch cable; and (B) ) controls the at least one device by using the first communication type.

In another aspect, a system for power and communication transfer, the system comprising: a first communication type configured to transfer an electrical current, a device for controlling a facility, and a device configured for media communication A trunk cable of a second communication type; configured to carry the current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or (ii) a plurality of branch cables of the second communication type, the plurality of branch cables being configured to be coupled to the devices; and at least a controller configured to control distribution of the current and/or activation of the devices by taking into account the current delivered in the system.

In another aspect, an apparatus for controlling a device of a facility, the apparatus comprising at least one controller having a circuit, the at least one controller configured to: (A) be operatively coupled to a cloth cable system, the cabling system comprising: a trunk cable configured to transmit a current, a first communication type for control devices, and a second communication type configured for media communication; configured to transmit the electrical current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or (ii) a plurality of branch cables of the second communication type configured to couple to the devices; (B) operatively coupled to the devices; and (C) controlling (or directing) the distribution of the current and/or the activation of the devices by taking into account the current delivered in the system.

In some embodiments, the at least one controller includes circuitry. In some embodiments, at least two of (A) to (C) are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. In some embodiments, at least two of (A) to (C) are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller.

In another aspect, a non-transitory computer readable program product for controlling a device of a facility, the non-transitory computer readable program product having instructions that when read by at least one processor causing the at least one processor to perform operations comprising: (A) transmitting (or directing transmission) a current through a cabling system, a first communication type for controlling the devices, and configuring for media communication of a second communication type, the cable is part of a cabling system to which the devices are operatively coupled, the cabling system including: a first configured to carry the current for controlling the devices Communication type, and a trunk cable of a second communication type configured for media communication; configured to carry the current, and between (i) the first communication type, and/or (ii) the second communication type a branch cable configured to couple to the devices; and (B) controlling (or directing) the distribution of the current and/or the distribution of the devices by taking into account the current carried in the system start (control of).

In some embodiments, the one or more processors are operatively coupled to the cabling system. In some embodiments, operations (A) and (B) are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. In some embodiments, operations are performed by different processors of the one or more processors. In some embodiments, operation (A) is performed by a different processor than the processor performing operation (B), the processor and the different processors belonging to the one or more processors. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium.

In another aspect, a method for controlling at least one device of a facility, the method comprising: (A) transmitting an electrical current through a cabling system, a first communication type for controlling the at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication, the cable being part of a cabling system to which the at least one device is operatively coupled, the cabling system comprising: configured to carry the current, for A trunk cable that controls a first communication type of the devices, and a second communication type configured for media communication; configured to carry the current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or ( ii) a stub cable of the second communication type configured to couple to the devices; and (B) controlling the distribution of the current and/or by taking into account the current carried in the system activation of such devices.

In another aspect, a system for controlling at least one device of a facility, the system comprising: configured to transmit a current, a first communication type for controlling the at least one device, and configured for media A trunk cable of a second communication type of communication; configured to (i) carry the current, (ii) the first communication type, and/or (iii) a branch cable of the second communication type, the branch a line configured to couple to the at least one device; a distribution interface having a first connection, a second connection, and a third connection, the interface configured to: (a) by the first connection and coupled along the trunk cable by the second connection, (b) coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) directed along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection the current, (d) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (e) directing the electrical current, and (f) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the trunk cable to the drop cable; and (g) operatively coupled to the at least one device.

In some embodiments, the distribution interface is configured to facilitate two-way communication. In some embodiments, the distribution junction is configured to direct the current flow along the trunk cable from the second connection to the first connection. In some embodiments, directing the current, the first communication type and/or the second communication type is passive. In some embodiments, directing the current, the first communication type and/or the second communication type is (i) active, (ii) dynamic, or (iii) active and dynamic. In some embodiments, directing the current, the first communication type and/or the second communication type is facilitated by at least one controller. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured in the distribution junction. In some embodiments, the at least one controller includes a microcontroller. In some embodiments, the distribution interface is configured to direct the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the second connection to the first connection. In some embodiments, the distribution interface is configured to direct the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the drop cable to the trunk cable. In some embodiments, the distribution interface is configured to connect to the at least one device through the trunk.

In another aspect, a method of controlling at least one device of a facility, the method comprising: (A) using a cabling system comprising: (I) a cabling system configured to transmit an electrical current, use In controlling a first communication type of at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication, (II) a branch cable configured to (i) carry the current, (ii) the second communication A communication type, and/or (iii) the second communication type, the branch line configured to couple to the at least one device; and (III) a distribution interface having a first connection, a second connection , and a third connection, the junction is configured to: (a) be coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) coupled by the third connection to the branch, (c) directing the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (d) directing the first communication along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection type and/or the second communication type, (e) direct the current from the trunk cable to the branch cable, and (f) direct the first communication type and/or the first communication type from the trunk cable to the branch cable Two communication types, (g) operatively coupled to the at least one device; and (B) at least partially controlling the at least one device by using the first communication type.

In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the distribution interface that facilitates two-way communication. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the distribution junction to direct the current along the trunk cable from the second connection to the first connection. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the distribution interface to direct the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the second connection to the first connection. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the distribution interface to direct the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the drop cable to the trunk cable. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the distribution interface to connect to the at least one device through the trunk. In some embodiments, the distribution interface is configured to passively direct the current, the first communication type, and/or the second communication type. In some embodiments, the distribution interface is configured to actively and/or dynamically direct the current, the first communication type, and/or the second communication type. In some embodiments, directing the current, the first communication type and/or the second communication type by the distribution interface is facilitated by at least one controller. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured in the distribution junction. In some embodiments, the at least one controller includes a microcontroller.

In another aspect, an apparatus for controlling at least one device of a facility, the apparatus comprising at least one controller configured to: (A) be operatively coupled to a cabling system comprising: a set of a trunk cable configured to carry a current, a first communication type for controlling at least one device, and a trunk cable configured for a second communication type for media communication, configured to (i) carry the current, (ii) a branch cable of the first communication type, and/or (iii) the second communication type, the branch cable configured to be coupled to the at least one device; a distribution interface having a first connection, a A second connection, and a third connection, the distribution interface is configured to: (a) be coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) by the third connection Three connections to couple to the branch, (c) directing the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (d) directing the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection The first communication type and/or the second communication type, (e) direct the current from the trunk cable to the drop cable, and (f) direct the first communication type from the trunk cable to the drop cable and /or the second communication type, (g) operatively coupled to the at least one device; and (B) using (or directing) the cabling system; and (C) by using the first communication Type to at least partially control (or direct) (the control of) the at least one device.

In some embodiments, the at least one controller includes circuitry. In some embodiments, at least two of (A) to (C) are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. In some embodiments, at least two of (A) to (C) are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller.

In another aspect, a non-transitory computer-readable program product for controlling at least one device of a facility, the non-transitory computer program product having instructions written thereon, when operatively coupled to the The instructions, when executed by one or more processors of a cabling system of a facility, cause the one or more processors to perform operations, the cabling system including: a device configured to transmit an electrical current for controlling at least one device A trunk cable of the first communication type, and a second communication type configured for media communication; configured to (i) carry the current, (ii) the first communication type, and/or (iii) the third A branch cable of two communication types configured to couple to the at least one device; a distribution interface having a first connection, a second connection and a third connection, the interface configured into: (a) coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) from the first connection directing the current along the trunk cable to the second connection, (d) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (e) Directs the current from the trunk cable to the drop cable, and (f) directs the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the trunk cable to the drop cable; (g) is operatively coupled to the at least one device; the operations include: (A) using (or directing) the cabling system; (B) at least partially controlling (or directing) the at least one device by using the first communication type (control).

In some embodiments, the one or more processors are operatively coupled to the cabling system. In some embodiments, the operations are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. In some embodiments, the operations are performed by different ones of the one or more processors. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium.

In another aspect, a method of controlling at least one device of a facility, the method comprising: (a) directing the transmission of a current from a trunk cable to a device through a drop cable, the drop cable being operatively coupled to the trunk cable through a distribution junction configured to direct a current from the trunk cable to the drop cable; (b) through the trunk cable, the distribution junction, and The drop cable to monitor the power (eg, current) consumption of the device; and (c) to control the current from the trunk cable to the device in response to the monitoring.

In some embodiments, the facility includes a building. In some embodiments, the facility is a commercial facility. In some embodiments, the facility is a residential facility. In some embodiments, the residential facility includes a single-family dwelling. In some embodiments, the residential facility includes a multi-family dwelling. In some embodiments, the distribution interface is configured to direct communication from the trunk cable to the drop cable. In some embodiments, the communication includes a first communication type and a second communication type. In some embodiments, the first communication type utilizes a different wavelength than the second communication type utilizes. In some embodiments, the communication includes a media communication. In some embodiments, the communication includes cellular communication. In some embodiments, the cellular communication conforms to at least (i) fourth generation, (ii) fifth generation, or (iii) fourth and fifth generation cellular communication protocols. In some embodiments, the communication includes data transfer. In some embodiments, the communication follows a control protocol. In some embodiments, the method further includes controlling communication from the trunk cable to the device in response to the monitoring. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the at least one device as a sensor, a transmitter, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the method further includes providing and/or using the at least one device as an antenna.

In another aspect, an apparatus for controlling at least one device of a facility, the apparatus comprising at least one controller configured to be operatively coupled to the cabling system and to perform (or direct) the foregoing Any operation (performance) of any of the methods. In some embodiments, the at least one controller includes circuitry. In some embodiments, at least two of the operations are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. In some embodiments, at least two of the operations are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller.

In another aspect, a non-transitory computer-readable program product for controlling at least one device of a facility, the non-transitory computer program product having instructions written thereon, when operatively coupled to the When executed by one or more processors of the cabling system, the instructions cause the one or more processors to perform any operations of the above-described methods. In some embodiments, the one or more processors are operatively coupled to the cabling system. In some embodiments, the operations are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. In some embodiments, the operations are performed by different ones of the one or more processors. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium.

In another aspect, a system for controlling at least one device of a facility includes structural components of any of the structures (eg, equipment) described above.

In another aspect, a non-transitory computer-readable program product for controlling at least one device of a facility, the non-transitory computer program product having instructions written thereon, when operatively coupled to the When executed by a cabling system of a facility and one or more processors to a source of electrical power (eg, electrical current), the instructions cause the one or more processors to perform operations including: (a) directing The transmission of the current from a trunk cable of the cabling system to a device of the facility through a drop cable operatively coupled to the trunk cable through a distribution junction, the distribution junction The plane is configured to direct a current from the trunk cable to the branch cable; (b) monitor (or direct) the power (e.g., current) of the device on the trunk cable, the distribution interface, and the branch cable ) consumes (the monitoring); and (c) controls (or directs) the current from the mains cable to the device in response to the monitoring.

In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer readable program product includes one or more media. In some embodiments, the operations are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. In some embodiments, the operations are performed by different ones of the one or more processors. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium.

In another aspect, an apparatus for controlling at least one device of a facility, the apparatus comprising at least one controller configured to: (a) be operatively coupled to a cabling system of the facility and to a source of electrical current; (b) directing the transmission of the electrical current from a trunk cable of the cabling system to a device of the facility through a drop cable operative through a distribution junction ground coupled to the trunk cable, the distribution junction configured to direct a current from the trunk cable to the drop cable; (c) monitoring (or) on the trunk cable, the distribution junction, and the drop cable directing) the power consumption of the device; and (d) controlling (or directing) the current flow from the mains cable to the device in response to the monitoring.

In some embodiments, the at least one controller includes circuitry. In some embodiments, at least two of (b) to (d) are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. In some embodiments, at least two of (b) to (d) are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller.

The present disclosure provides systems, apparatus, and/or non-transitory computer-readable media (eg, software) that facilitate wired and/or wireless communication within an enclosure and between the enclosure and an external environment connect. In certain embodiments, a control panel is provided that is configured to provide network services to end objects (eg, devices) in a facility (eg, a building). The end objects (eg, devices) can be coupled together by a network including at least one coaxial cable. The control panel may include a coaxial cable connector configured to couple to the at least one coaxial cable. The control panel may include a direct current (DC) power source, a data networking headend, and/or a cellular communication headend. In some embodiments, a DC power source is (i) coupled to the coaxial cable connector and (ii) configured to provide a DC signal to at least a portion of the at least one coaxial cable. In some embodiments, the data networking header is (i) coupled to the coaxial cable connector and (ii) configured to communicate with (eg, using a communication protocol and/or through the at least one coaxial cable) at the At least a first subset of the terminal objects (eg, devices) in the enclosure (eg, building) communicate. In some embodiments, the cellular headend is coupled to the coaxial cable connector. In some embodiments, the cellular headend is coupled to at least a second subset of the end objects (eg, devices) in the enclosure (eg, building) through the at least one coaxial cable . In some embodiments, the cellular communication headend is configured to provide a first cellular communication to the coaxial cable connector for transmission through the second subset of the end targets (eg, devices). In some embodiments, the cellular communication head-end is configured to receive the first cellular communication from the coaxial cable connector when the second cellular communication is received by the second subset of the end targets (eg, devices). 2. Cellular communication.

Certain implementations may include one or more of the following features. A control panel, wherein the second subset of terminal devices includes a cellular antenna, and the cellular communication head-end is configured to transmit the first cellular communication through the cellular antenna and to transmit the first cellular communication through the cellular antenna The second cellular communication is received when the second cellular communication is received. A control panel wherein the second subset of terminal devices includes a passive antenna, and the cellular communication head-end is configured to transmit the first cellular communication through the passive antenna and to receive the first cellular communication through the passive antenna The second cellular communication is received during the second cellular communication. A control panel wherein the data network connection head is a G.hn head and the communication protocol is a G.hn protocol. A control panel wherein the data networking headend is a Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA) headend and the communication protocol is the MoCA protocol. A control panel, wherein the first subset of terminal devices are power consuming devices, and the control panel also includes a controller configured to communicate with (eg, electrical) by connecting a headend through the data network The power consuming devices negotiate to manage the consumption of the DC signal between the power consuming devices. A control panel also includes a plurality of fiber optic connectors, wherein the control panel is configured to communicate with additional control panels through optical fibers coupled to the fiber optic connectors. A control panel, wherein the first subset of terminal devices includes a plurality of window controllers, and the control panel also includes a floor-to-ceiling window controller configured to (i) generate a color change command and (ii) use The data network connection headend transmits the color change commands to the window controllers. A control panel, wherein the data network connection head is configured to generate and receive signals in a first frequency range as part of communication in the communication protocol, wherein the first and second cellular communication are in a second frequency range, and wherein the first and second frequency ranges do not overlap.

Certain embodiments may include an apparatus for controlling one or more optically switchable windows, the apparatus including a first connector configured to couple to a first network cable; coupled to a low-pass filter of the first connector; a DC-to-DC circuit coupled to the low-pass filter configured to receive a DC signal from the first network cable through the low-pass filter, and configured to convert the DC signal into one or more conditioned DC signals; a second connector configured to provide a first conditioned DC signal from the DC-to-DC circuit to a second network cable; one or more controllers, wherein the one or more controllers are collectively configured to (1) receive one of the conditioned DC signals from the DC-to-DC circuit and by The one provides power and (2) provides bidirectional communication between a first external device and a second external device coupled to the one or more via the first connector a controller and the second external device is coupled to the one or more controllers via the second connector; a third connector configured to be coupled to the one or more via a window cable one or more optically switchable windows; and a window controller configured to (i) receive and be powered by one of the conditioned DC signals from the DC-to-DC circuit , (ii) receiving or generating a color change command, and (iii) providing a color change signal to at least one optically switchable window via the third connector, the color change signal being based on the color change command.

Certain implementations may include one or more of the following features. An apparatus wherein the first external device provides at least a control panel of the DC signal, wherein the second external device is a terminal device, and wherein the one or more controllers are configured to receive signals from the terminal device A power transfer request is configured to forward the power transfer request to the control panel. An apparatus, wherein the one or more controllers are configured to negotiate power consumption of the second external device by the first conditioned DC signal, and wherein, prior to negotiating power consumption, the one or more controllers The device is configured to limit the power consumption of the second external device by the first conditioned DC signal to a predetermined limit. An apparatus wherein the one or more controllers include a G.hn interface coupled to the first connector, the G.hn interface configured to provide a G.hn interface between the first external device and the apparatus Two-way communication of the .hn protocol. An apparatus, wherein the one or more controllers include a Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA) interface coupled to the first connector, the MoCA interface configured to provide a dependency between the first external device and the apparatus 1. Two-way communication of MoCA protocol. An apparatus wherein the one or more controllers include an Ethernet interface coupled to the second connector, the Ethernet interface being configured between the second external device and the apparatus Provides two-way communication according to an Ethernet protocol. An apparatus wherein the one or more controllers include a G.hn interface coupled to the first connector, the G.hn interface configured to provide a G.hn interface between the first external device and the apparatus bidirectional communication of the .hn protocol; and the apparatus, wherein the one or more controllers include an Ethernet interface coupled to the second connector, the Ethernet interface configured to Bidirectional communication according to an Ethernet protocol is provided between the external device and the device, and wherein the one or more controllers are configured to translate the communication between the G.hn and the Ethernet protocol. An apparatus wherein the low pass filter includes an inductor choke. An apparatus wherein the DC-to-DC circuit includes at least one of a buck converter and a boost converter. An apparatus wherein the first conditioned DC signal provided to the second connector comprises a 48 volt DC signal that conforms to the Power over Ethernet protocol.

Certain embodiments may include a network adapter. The network adapter includes a first connector configured to couple to a first network cable; a low-pass filter coupled to the first connector; coupled to the low-pass A DC-to-DC circuit of a filter configured to receive a DC signal from the first network cable through the low-pass filter and configured to convert the DC signal to one or more conditioned DCs signals; a second connector configured to provide one of the conditioned DC signals from the DC-to-DC circuit to a second network cable; and one or more controllers, wherein the One or more controllers are collectively configured to: (1) receive and be powered by one of the conditioned DC signals from the DC-to-DC circuit, (2) use a first communication protocol and bidirectionally communicate with a first external device coupled to the one or more controllers via the first connector, (3) using a second communication protocol with a second external device devices communicate bidirectionally, the second external device is coupled to the one or more controllers via the second connector, and (4) provides a communication interface between the first external device and the second external device Two-way communication, which includes converting communication under the first communication protocol to communication under the second communication protocol and vice versa.

Certain implementations may include one or more of the following features. A network adapter, wherein the first external device is a control panel that provides at least the DC signal, wherein the second external device is a terminal device, and wherein the one or more controllers are configured in accordance with the The first communication protocol is to receive a (eg, electrical) power transfer request from the end device and is configured to forward the power transfer request to the control panel according to the second communication protocol. A network adapter, wherein the one or more controllers are configured to negotiate power consumption of the second external device by the first conditioned DC signal, and wherein, prior to negotiating power consumption, the one The controllers or controllers are configured to limit the power consumption of the second external device by the first conditioned DC signal to a predetermined limit. A network adapter wherein the one or more controllers includes a G.hn interface coupled to the first connector and wherein the first communication protocol is a G.hn communication protocol. A network adapter wherein the one or more controllers includes a Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA) interface coupled to the first connector and wherein the first protocol is a MoCA protocol. A network adapter, wherein the one or more controllers includes an Ethernet interface coupled to the second connector and wherein the second communication protocol is an Ethernet communication protocol. A network adapter wherein the first connector is a coaxial cable connector and wherein the second connector is an Ethernet powered connector. A network adapter wherein the one of the conditioned DC signals provided by the second connector is a 48-volt DC signal that conforms to a power over Ethernet protocol.

Certain embodiments may include a system. The system includes a control panel configured to generate a DC signal; a plurality of distribution interfaces; a first coaxial cable trunk; and a plurality of additional coaxial cable trunks, wherein the first coaxial cable trunk is coupled between the control panel and the between a first distribution junction of the distribution junctions, wherein the additional coaxial cable trunks are coupled between respective pairs of the distribution junctions, wherein the distribution junctions, the first coaxial cable trunks , and the additional coax trunks are collectively configured to (i) carry the DC signal from the control panel to each of the distribution junctions, (ii) between the control panel and the distribution junctions bidirectionally transmit a first time-varying signal formatted according to a first digital communication protocol therebetween, and (iii) bidirectionally transmit a first time-varying signal between the control panel and at least one of the distribution interfaces a second time-varying signal formatted by a two-digit communication protocol, wherein the first time-varying signals are signals in a first frequency band, wherein the second time-varying signals are signals whose frequency is in a second frequency band, and wherein the first frequency band does not overlap the second frequency band.

Certain implementations may include one or more of the following features. A system wherein each distribution junction comprises: a balun having a primary circuit, a secondary circuit, and a tertiary circuit, wherein the primary circuit is coupled to an upstream coaxial cable trunk, wherein the secondary circuit is coupled to a downstream coaxial cable trunk, wherein the tertiary circuit is coupled to a coaxial cable branch line specific to the distribution junction, and has a first (eg, a communication signal such as RF) power level therein and is controlled by the A first time-varying signal received by the primary circuit is unequally divided between the secondary circuit and the tertiary circuit so that the secondary circuit receives a second (eg, a communication signal such as RF) power level The first time-varying signal and the tertiary circuit receive the first time-varying signal at a third (eg, a communication signal such as RF) power level, the second power level being at least 75% of the first power level % and the third power level does not exceed 25% of the first power level. A system wherein each distribution junction comprises: a balun having a primary circuit, a secondary circuit, and a tertiary circuit, wherein the primary circuit is coupled to an upstream coaxial cable trunk, wherein the secondary circuit is coupled to a downstream coaxial trunk, wherein the tertiary circuit is coupled to a coaxial branch line specific to the distribution junction, and wherein a first time having a first power level and received by the primary circuit The variable signal is unequally divided on the secondary circuit and the tertiary circuit, so that the secondary circuit receives the first time-varying signal at a second power level, and the tertiary circuit receives at a third power level The first time-varying signal, and the third power level is smaller than the second power level. A system wherein at least some of the distribution junctions further comprise a first inductor coupling the DC signal from the upstream coaxial cable trunk to a first inductor of the downstream coaxial cable trunk associated with the distribution junction, and The DC signal of the upstream coaxial trunk is coupled to a second inductor of the coaxial branch associated with the distribution junction. A system wherein the second time-varying signal is a cellular communication signal, and wherein the first distribution junction of the distribution junctions includes a branch circuit that includes a passive cellular antenna. A system, wherein the first frequency band associated with the first time-varying signal is lower than the cellular communication signals, and wherein the first distribution junction of the distribution junctions includes a low-pass filter, which is configured to block the cellular communication signals from propagating through the first distribution interface of the distribution interfaces to the remainder of the distribution interfaces. A system, wherein the first frequency band associated with the first time-varying signal is lower than the cellular communication signals, and wherein at least one of the distribution interfaces includes a low-pass filter configured to The cellular communication signals are blocked from propagating from the upstream coaxial cable trunk to the downstream coaxial cable trunk associated with the distribution junction. A system wherein a second distribution junction of the distribution junctions is directly coupled to the first distribution junction of the distribution junctions by a first of the additional coaxial cable trunks, and wherein The second distribution junction of the distribution junctions includes a branch circuit that includes an additional passive cellular antenna. A system, wherein the first frequency band associated with the first time-varying signal is lower than the cellular communication signals, and wherein the second distribution junction of the distribution junctions includes a low-pass filter, which is configured to block the cellular communication signals from propagating beyond the first and second distribution junctions of the distribution junctions to the remainder of the distribution junctions.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides systems, apparatuses (eg, controllers), and/or non-transitory computer-readable media (eg, software) that implement any of the methods disclosed herein.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of using any of the systems and/or apparatuses disclosed herein, eg, for their intended purposes.

In another aspect, an apparatus includes at least one controller programmed to direct a mechanism for implementing (eg, carrying out) any of the methods disclosed herein, wherein the at least one controller is operatively coupled to the mechanism.

In another aspect, an apparatus includes at least one controller configured (eg, programmed) to implement (eg, perform) the methods disclosed herein. The at least one controller may implement any of the methods disclosed herein.

In another aspect, a system includes at least one controller programmed to direct at least one other device (or component thereof), and operation of the device (or component thereof), wherein the at least one controller is operated be coupled to the device (or to components thereof). The apparatus (or components thereof) may include any apparatus (or components thereof) disclosed herein. The at least one controller may instruct any device (or component thereof) disclosed herein.

In another aspect, a computer software product comprising a non-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored that when read by a computer cause a mechanism disclosed in the computer guidelines Implement (eg, carry out) any of the methods disclosed herein, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable medium is operatively coupled to the mechanism. The mechanism may include any device (or any component thereof) disclosed herein.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a non-transitory computer-readable medium comprising machine-executable code that, when executed by one or more computer processors, implements any of the methods disclosed herein .

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a non-transitory computer-readable medium comprising machine-executable code that, when executed by one or more computer processors, implements controller(s) (eg, as disclosed herein).

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a computer system including one or more computer processors and a non-transitory computer-readable medium coupled thereto. The non-transitory computer-readable medium includes machine-executable code that, when executed by the one or more computer processors, implements any of the methods disclosed herein and/or performs the(s) disclosed herein Guidelines for the controller.

The contents of this Summary section are provided as a simplified introduction to the present disclosure and are not intended to limit the scope of any invention disclosed herein or the scope of the appended claims.

Additional aspects and advantages of the present disclosure will become readily apparent to those skilled in the art from the following detailed description, in which only illustrative embodiments of the invention are shown and described. As will be realized, the present disclosure is capable of other and different embodiments, and its several details are capable of modification in various obvious respects, all without departing from the present disclosure. Accordingly, the drawings and descriptions are to be regarded as illustrative in nature and not restrictive.

These and other features and embodiments will be described in more detail with reference to the drawings. incorporated by reference

All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, and patent application were expressly and individually indicated as being incorporated by reference. to the same extent.

While various embodiments of the present invention have been shown, and described herein, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous changes, modifications, and substitutions may occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the invention. It should be understood that various alternatives to embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed.

Terms such as "a," "an," and "the" are not intended to refer to only a single entity, but to include general categories of specific examples that can be used for illustration. The terminology used herein is used to describe specific embodiments of the invention, but their use does not limit the invention.

When referring to a range, unless otherwise specified, the range is meant to be inclusive. For example, a range between value 1 and value 2 is meant to be inclusive, and includes both value 1 and value 2. An inclusive range will encompass any value from about 1 to about 2. As used herein, the terms "adjacent" or "adjacent to" include "continuing to," "adjacent," "contacting," and "adjacent to."

As used herein, including within the scope of the claims, the conjunction "and/or" in phrases such as "including X, Y, and/or Z" is meant to include any combination or plural of X, Y, and Z . For example, such terms are meant to include X. For example, such terms are meant to include Y. For example, such terms are meant to include Z. For example, such terms are meant to include X and Y. For example, such terms are meant to include X and Z. For example, such terms are meant to include Y and Z. For example, such terms are meant to include the plural X. For example, such terms are meant to include the plural Y. For example, such terms are meant to include the plural Z. For example, such terms are meant to include plural X and plural Y. For example, such terms are meant to include plural X and plural Z. For example, such terms are meant to include plural Y and plural Z. For example, such terms are meant to include the plurals X and Y. For example, such terms are meant to include the plurals X and Z. For example, such terms are meant to include the plurals Y and Z. For example, such terms are meant to include X and the plural Y. For example, such terms are meant to include X and the plural Z. For example, such terms are meant to include Y and the plural Z. The conjunction "and/or" is meant to have the same effect as the phrase "X, Y, Z, or any combination or plural thereof." The conjunction "and/or" is meant to have the same effect as the phrase "one or more of X, Y, Z, or any combination thereof." The conjunction "and/or" is meant to have the same effect as the phrase "at least one X, Y, Z, or any combination thereof." The conjunction "and/or" means the same effect of terms having at least one of the following: X, Y, Z.

The terms "operatively coupled" or "operatively connected" refer to a first element (eg, mechanism) that is coupled (eg, connected) to a second element to allow the second element and/or the first element The expected operation of the element. Coupling can include physical coupling or non-physical coupling. Disembodied coupling may include signal-induced coupling (eg, wireless coupling). Coupling may include physical coupling (eg, a physical connection) or non-physical coupling (eg, via wireless communication).

An element (eg, mechanism) "configured to" perform a function includes a structural feature that causes the element to perform that function. A structural feature may include an electrical feature, such as a circuit or a circuit element. Structural features may include a circuit (eg, including electrical or optical circuits). An electrical circuit may contain one or more wires. The optical circuit may include at least one optical element (eg, beamsplitter, mirror, lens, and/or optical fiber). The structural feature may include a mechanical feature. Mechanical features may include a latch, a spring, a closure, a hinge, a housing, a bracket, a fastener, or a cantilever, among others. Performing this function may include utilizing a logic feature. Logic features may include programming instructions. Programming instructions may be executable by at least one processor. Programming instructions can be stored or encoded on a medium that can be accessed by one or more processors. Furthermore, in the following description, the terms "operable to", "suitable for", "configured to", "designed to", "programmed to", or "capable of" may be used interchangeably as appropriate.

Certain disclosed embodiments provide a network infrastructure within an enclosure (eg, a facility such as a building). The network infrastructure can be used for various purposes, such as for providing communication and/or power (eg, electricity) services. Communication services may include high bandwidth (eg, wireless and/or wireline) communication services. Communication services may be directed to occupants of a facility and/or users outside the facility (eg, a building). The network infrastructure may work in conjunction with, or be part of, the infrastructure of one or more cellular operators. The network infrastructure may be provided in a facility that includes color-changing (eg, electrically switchable) windows. Examples of components of a network infrastructure include high-speed backloads. The network infrastructure may include at least one cable, switch, physical antenna, transceiver, sensor, transmitter, receiver, radio, processor or controller (which may include a processor). The network infrastructure may be operatively coupled to (and/or include) a wireless network. Network infrastructure can include cabling.

In some embodiments, the network infrastructure may include a wiring. The wiring may include a cable. The cable may include a jacket, insulation, a wire, and/or optical fibers. The cable may contain a cable assembly. The cable may include at least one fiber optic cable, coaxial cable, twisted pair, direct buried cable, flexible cable, stuffed cable, Heliax cable, non-metallic sheathed cable, metal sheathed cable, multi-core cable, paired cable, portable cord , ribbon cable, shielded cable, single cable, structured cabling, sinkable cable, twinax cable, twin ground (T&E) cable, twin lead, and/or twisted pair. Coaxial cables can have, for example, a characteristic impedance of up to about 50, or 75 ohms (eg, LMR-400).

In some embodiments, the network infrastructure provides additional coverage. The additional coverage can go beyond the coverage provided by the cellular carrier. Additional coverage may be: (i) in the interior of the building and/or (ii) in the exterior of the building. For example, the network infrastructure may provide and/or supplement the cellular carrier's ability to provide coverage and any other capacity outside the building. For example, network infrastructure may provide and/or supplement cellular coverage proximate to facilities (eg, buildings). Access to the facility can be, for example, at least about 10m, 50m, 100m, 500m, or 1000 meters (m) from the edge of the facility. The proximity facility may be between any of the above values (eg, from about 10 m to about 1000 m, from about 10 m to about 500 m, or from about 500 m to about 1000 m). Approaching buildings may be tied within one line of the facility's station. In some cases, the facility and its associated network infrastructure may function as a cellular tower.

High-speed and high-frequency communication protocols, such as fifth-generation (5G) communication protocols, face challenges before they can be widely accepted and deployed. For example, higher frequency bands may require more antennas than lower frequency communication bands. For example, it is estimated that deploying 5G cellular services in a given area will require more than twice as many antennas as would be required to provide the same level of cellular service of the fourth generation (4G) protocol. Some of those antennas may be provided in a facility or part of a facility. Consider an example of providing 5G coverage in urban canyons, such as the streets of major metropolitan areas such as Manhattan, New York, or Singapore. 5G services will likely require many antennas to provide adequate coverage and sufficient capacity in these cities. Currently, telcos do not have enough public space (eg, utility poles) to deploy additional antennas to provide adequate 5G coverage (and/or other cellular capacity). A private building in an urban canyon can provide the location of a 5G antenna.

5G and other high-frequency protocols may be prone to attenuation. 5G communications (particularly in high frequency bands such as in the range from about 6 to about 30 GHz) may be susceptible to attenuation by thermal insulation such as, for example, reinforced concrete, aluminized in walls (for example, in facility walls and floors) , low-E films on glass, and/or electrochromic devices on glass. To address this problem, active elements such as repeaters can be provided in the facility. For example, cellular repeaters may be deployed on or near walls, windows, floors, and/or ceilings that attenuate wireless signals.

5G is often used as a paradigm when describing the cellular protocols disclosed in the text. However, the disclosed embodiments relate to any wireless communication protocol or combination of protocols.

The communications infrastructure described herein may have various functions, some of which are listed here.

In some embodiments, one or more of the systems and/or devices described herein are configured to selectively attenuate (eg, block) and/or transmit wireless signals (eg,) in a controllable manner. In various embodiments, systems and/or devices are configured such that transmission of wireless communications is based, at least in part, on location, and/or time. In various embodiments, a system, device, or any component thereof is configured such that it is at least partially automatically controlled (eg, fully automatically controlled). One or more components of the systems and/or devices described herein are fully automated. Controlled may include attenuated, mediated, varied, managed, controlled, disciplined, regulated, restrained, supervised, mediated, and/or directed of. In some embodiments, control is accomplished by using controllable active elements that receive, analyze, condition (eg, convert and/or compare) and/or retransmit signals. For example, (i) the receive antenna may be oriented in one direction (eg, a wall or window) on one side of the facility and (ii) the transmitter antenna may be oriented in the other (eg, opposite or substantially) on the other side of the facility opposite) direction (for example, on another wall or window). Between the receiver and the transmitter, active elements may include one or more transceivers and/or other signal converters. In some embodiments, (I) when the active element is active (eg, "on"), it transmits a signal, and (II) when the element is in an inactive state (eg, "off"), it No signal is transmitted.

In some embodiments, the active element that receives and retransmits wireless communication signals (eg, automatically) is a repeater. Repeaters can boost signals and/or transmit them to locations where they would not otherwise be able to receive them. Repeaters (or other active elements) may include specific antenna combinations. Antenna combinations may include one type of antenna on the interior of a facility (eg, a building) and a different type of antenna on the exterior of the facility (or on an interior wall or opposite a window). With regard to the various antenna types described herein, some embodiments employ a handle antenna on the exterior of a building that is operatively coupled to one of the other antennas (eg, microstrip antennas) on the interior of the building . In some embodiments, one or both antennas are deployed on a mullion feature such as a beauty cap. Antennas may include isotropic, dipole, monopole, array, loop, conical, aperture, traveling wave, or random routing antennas. Loop antennas may include large loop (eg, quadrangle, or semi-loop), intermediate (eg, halo), and/or small loop (eg, ferrite) antennas.

It has been observed that electrochromic windows can provide signal blocking in the range from about 10 dB to about 20 dB of insertion loss (eg, depending on the transmission frequency). Larger losses may occur at higher frequencies. Some embodiments disclosed herein employ wireless retransmitters and/or repeaters to bypass signal blocking by electrochromic windows. In some embodiments, such retransmitters are configured on (or close to) at least one integrated glass unit (IGU). The IGU may include an electrochromic device (eg, including a layer structure).

In certain embodiments, windows and/or walls contain a layer or structure that substantially (eg, completely) blocks wireless transmission (eg, covers a range of spectrum). The layer structure may be an IGU. In one example, the barrier layer completely covers one surface (eg, glass) of the electrochromic lite. An example of a blocking structure for a window is described in US Patent Application Serial No. 15/709,339, filed September 19, 2017, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. A security system may employ a facility that attenuates (eg, suppresses) the transmission of one or more electromagnetic signals, eg, in certain regions of the spectrum (eg, in at least the 5G region). A facility structure may contain windows, doors, or walls. A security system (eg, using repeaters) may employ a wall and/or window that substantially (eg, effectively) blocks the transmission of one or more electromagnetic signals, eg, in certain regions of the spectrum (eg, in at least 5G zone).

In some embodiments, signal repeaters and/or retransmitters need not retransmit wireless signals (eg, directly) across the facility structure (eg, walls or windows). In some cases, it selectively transmits wireless signals through the facility to one or more locations remote from where the signals are received. It may use a wired network to carry the received signal, for example, by running a communication protocol such as Ethernet. For example, an externally generated wireless signal may be received on a sensor disposed on the roof of a building (or on any other exterior wall) and transmitted from there through wiring to the One or more remote locations within the facility (such as 10 floors under the roof, eg, to the basement).

In some cases, the retransmission system transmits cellular signals (or other suitable wireless signals) to selected building locations at one or more selected times, which may be delayed from the time when the wireless signal was originally received . Communications may be stored or their transmission delayed. The retransmission can be done independently of where and when implemented in the cellular signal.

Assuming the large number of 5G antennas required for adequate coverage and capacity in densely built areas (such as the centers of some large cities), the deployment of 5G antennas in parts outside buildings can complement the data on telecommunications operators' cellular networks Carrying and Antenna Infrastructure. In some cases, such antennas are connected to high bandwidth network infrastructure, such as Ethernet network infrastructure within buildings. An example of a fully or partially wired network infrastructure supporting such 5G applications is described in US Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/803,324, filed on February 8, 2019, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety .

Various configurations of antennas can be deployed to support 5G cellular and/or other communication services. When designing a wireless communication infrastructure, coverage and capacity can be considered. Coverage can be addressed by providing various antennas strategically positioned (eg, attached to, or part of, a facility) to provide cellular service to a defined area. Capacity can be addressed by having high bandwidth data carrying lines and/or switches. Some examples of high capacity infrastructure are provided in US Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/803,324, filed on February 8, 2019, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Capacity can also be addressed by providing multiple antennas (eg, within a defined area).

In some embodiments, individual antennas are dedicated to specific protocols. At least one antenna (eg, each antenna) may have its own baseband radio. For example, one or more antennas may be designed for use with low-power civic broadband radios (CBRS), eg, including CBRS baseband radios. In the United States, CBRS is an approximately 150 MHz wide broadcast band of the approximately 3.5 GHz frequency band (eg, from approximately 3550 MHz to approximately 3700 MHz) that may be used to provide wireless services not authorized by the U.S. Federal Communications Commission. Other antennas and associated baseband radios may be provided for cellular communications, eg, in accordance with certain agreements and/or jurisdictional restrictions (eg, rules and/or regulations). The required baseband radios can be installed at one or more locations in the facility, including, for example, in digital architecture elements. A digital architecture may refer to an aspect of an architecture having one or more digital technologies.

Various embodiments support multiple frequency bands and/or multiple protocols. Examples include cellular (3G, 4G, and/or 5G, etc.). Examples include the device's local area network connection and/or Internet access. Examples include wireless networks, including WLANs (eg, WiFi) and/or related applications, such as voice over WLAN. Examples include Citizens Broadband Radio Service (CBRS). A given antenna (or combination of antennas) can be protocol independent. Associated transmitters and/or receivers may be protocol independent. For example, carrier A and carrier B may use different radios (eg, different channels using Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA) over coax network connections). Similar antenna structures can be used to transmit and/or receive complex agreement signals.

5G networks may feature enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable low-latency communications (URLLC), and/or large-scale machine-type communications (mMTC). Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB) can use 5G as an evolution from 4G LTE mobile broadband services. Compared to 4G networks, 5G networks can exhibit faster connections, higher throughput and/or greater capacity. Ultra-Reliable Low-Latency Communications (URLLC) may refer to the use of the network in applications that require uninterrupted and/or reliable data exchange. Mass Machine Type Communication (mMTC) can be used to connect a large number of low power (eg, current), low cost devices with high scalability and/or increased battery life, such as in wide areas.

In some embodiments, a 5G network will transmit at least about 1 Gbit/s of data per second (Gbit/s), 2 Gbit/s, 3 Gbit/s, or 5 Gbit/s. In some embodiments, the 5G air latency target is at least about 1 millisecond (ms), 2 ms, 3 ms, 4 ms, 5 ms, 8 ms, 10 ms, 11 ms, 15 ms, or 30 ms. 5G air latency targets can be up to approximately 2ms, 3ms, 4ms, 5ms, 8ms, 10ms, 12ms, 15ms, 30ms, or 40ms. The 5G air delay target may be any value between the above values (eg, from about 1 to about 4 ms, from about 3 ms to about 10 ms, from about 8 ms to about 12 ms, or from about 12 ms to about 40 ms).

In some embodiments, certain infrastructures contain devices for internal (eg, within a building) communication via 5G protocols (eg, without Wi-Fi support). Several 5G antennas can be deployed throughout a building (eg, when 5G may be limited in line of sight). Antennas may be deployed at one or more locations where Wi-Fi antennas are typically located. In some installations, 5G will have sufficient bandwidth and/or coverage to provide one or more (eg, all) of the capabilities currently provided by Wi-Fi.

In some embodiments, the enclosure includes an area bounded by at least one structure. At least one structure may contain at least one wall. An enclosure may contain and/or enclose one or more sub-enclosures. At least one wall may comprise metal (eg, steel), clay, stone, plastic, glass, plaster (eg, gypsum), polymer (eg, polyurethane, styrene, or vinyl), asbestos, fiberglass, concrete (eg, , reinforced concrete), wood, paper, or ceramics. At least one wall may contain wiring, brick, brick (eg, cinder block), tile, stone wall, or frame (eg, steel frame).

In some embodiments, the enclosure includes one or more openings. One or more openings may be reversibly closable. One or more openings may be permanently open. The basic length dimension of the one or more openings may be smaller relative to the basic length dimension of the wall defining the enclosure. The base length dimension may include the diameter, length, width, or height of the bounding circle. The surface of the one or more openings may be smaller relative to the surface of the wall defining the enclosure. The percentage of the total surface of the wall that the open surface can be tied to. For example, the open surface may measure about 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, or 1% of the tie wall. Walls can include floors, ceilings, or side walls. The enclosure opening can be closed by at least one window or door. The enclosure can be at least a portion of the facility. The enclosure may contain at least a portion of the building. Buildings may be private buildings and/or commercial buildings. A building may contain one or more floors. A building (eg, its floors) may include at least one of the following: rooms, halls, foyers, attics, basements, balconies (eg, inner or outer balconies), stairwells, corridors, elevator shafts, facades, mezzanine levels, attics , garage, porch (eg, enclosed porch), patio (eg, enclosed patio), cafeteria, and/or plumbing. In some embodiments, the enclosure may be stationary and/or movable (eg, a train, airplane, ship, vehicle, or rocket). The facility may include one or more enclosures. The facility may be stationary or mobile. For example, the facility may contain temporary vehicles, such as cars, recreational vehicles (RVs), buses, trains, airplanes, helicopters, ships, or boats. For example, the facility may include one or more buildings.

In some embodiments, the enclosure system encloses the atmosphere. The atmosphere may contain one or more gases. Gases may include inert gases (eg, argon or nitrogen) and/or non-inert gases (eg, oxygen or carbon dioxide). The enclosure atmosphere may be similar to the atmosphere outside the enclosure (eg, ambient atmosphere) in at least one outer atmosphere characteristic including temperature, relative gas content, gas type (eg, humidity, and/or oxygen level) ), debris (eg, dust and/or pollen), and/or gas velocity. The enclosure atmosphere may differ from the atmosphere outside the enclosure in at least one external atmospheric characteristic including temperature, relative gas content, gas type (eg, humidity, and/or oxygen level), debris (eg, dust and/or pollen), and/or gas velocity. For example, the enclosure atmosphere may be less humid (eg, drier) than the outside (eg, ambient) atmosphere. For example, the enclosure atmosphere may contain the same (eg, or substantially similar) gas to nitrogen ratio as the atmosphere outside the enclosure. The gas velocity in the enclosure may be (eg, substantially) similar throughout the enclosure. The gas velocity in the enclosure may be different in different parts of the enclosure (eg, by allowing gas to flow to vents coupled to the enclosure).

Certain disclosed embodiments provide network infrastructure in an enclosure (eg, a facility such as a building). Network infrastructure can be used for various purposes, such as for providing communication and/or power services. Communication services may include high bandwidth (eg, wireless and/or wireline) communication services. Communication services may be directed to occupants of a facility and/or users outside the facility (eg, a building). The network infrastructure may work in conjunction with, or be part of, the infrastructure of one or more cellular operators. The network infrastructure may be provided in a facility that includes electrically switchable windows. Examples of components of a network infrastructure include high-speed backloads. The network infrastructure may include at least one cable, switch, physical antenna, transceiver, sensor, transmitter, receiver, radio, processor and/or controller (which may include a processor). The network infrastructure may be operatively coupled to (and/or include) a wireless network. Network infrastructure can include cabling. One or more sensors can be deployed (eg, installed) in an environment as part of installing the network and/or after installing the network.

In various embodiments, the network infrastructure supports a control system of one or more windows, such as electrochromic (eg, color-changing) windows. The control system may include operatively coupled (eg, directly or indirectly) to a One or more controllers for one or more windows. Although the disclosed embodiments describe electrochromic windows (also referred to herein as "optically switchable windows," "color-changing windows," or "smart windows"), the The disclosed concepts can be applied to other types of switchable optical devices, such as liquid crystal devices, or suspended particle devices (SPDs), microchromaticity displays (NCDs), organic electroluminescent displays (OELDs), suspended particle devices (SPDs) ), a microchromaticity display (NCD), or an organic electroluminescent display (OELD). The display element can be attached to a portion of a transparent body, such as a window. For example, a liquid crystal device and/or a suspended particle device can be implemented to Instead of (or in addition to) electrochromic devices, color-changing windows can be deployed in (non-transitory) facilities such as buildings, and/or in any other enclosure, such as in temporary vehicles such as automobiles, recreational vehicle (RV), bus, train, plane, helicopter, ship, or boat).

In some embodiments, a color-changing window exhibits a (eg, controllable and/or reversible) change in at least one optical property of the window, eg, when a stimulus is applied. Stimulation may include optical, electrical and/or magnetic stimulation. For example, the stimulation can include an applied voltage. One or more color-changing windows may be used to control lighting and/or glare conditions, eg, by modulating the transmission of solar energy propagating therethrough. One or more color-changing windows may be used to control the temperature within an enclosure (eg, a building), eg, by modulating the transmission of solar energy propagating therethrough. Control of solar energy can control the thermal load imposed on the interior of an enclosure (eg, a facility such as a building). Control can be manual and/or automatic. Controls may be used to maintain one or more requested (eg, environmental) conditions, eg, occupant comfort. Controls may include reducing energy consumption of heating, ventilation, air conditioning and/or lighting systems. At least two of heating, ventilation, and air conditioning may be initiated by separate systems. At least two of heating, ventilation, and air conditioning can be initiated by one system. Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning can be initiated by a single system (referred to herein as "HVAC"). In some cases, the color-changing window may be responsive to (eg, and communicatively coupled to) one or more environmental sensors and/or user controls. The color-changing window can include (eg, be) an electrochromic window. The windows may be located in an enclosure structure (eg, a facility such as a building) ranging from the interior to the exterior. However, this is not necessarily the case. Color-changing windows can be operated using liquid crystal devices, suspended particle devices, micro-electromechanical systems (MEMS) devices (such as, for example, micro-shutters), or any currently known or later developed technology that is configured to be controlled through the window light transmission. Windows (eg, with MEMS devices for color change) are described in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 14/443,353, filed on May 15, 2015, entitled "Multi-Window Including Electrochromic Device and Electromechanical System Device." ), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some cases, one or more color-changing windows may be located within the interior of an enclosure (eg, a building), eg, between a conference room and a hallway. In some cases, one or more color-changing windows may be used in automobiles, trains, airplanes, and other vehicles, eg, in place of passive and/or non-color-changing windows.

In some embodiments, the color-changing window comprises an electrochromic device (referred to herein as an "EC device" (abbreviated herein as ECD), or "EC"). The EC device may comprise at least one coating comprising at least one layer. At least one layer may contain an electrochromic material. In some embodiments, the electrochromic material exhibits a change from one optical state to another, eg, when a potential is applied across the EC device. Conversion of the electrochromic layer from one optical state to another can be, for example, by reversible, semi-reversible or irreversible ion insertion into the electrochromic material (eg, via intercalation) and charge balancing electrons caused by the corresponding injection. For example, the transition of an electrochromic layer from one optical state to another optical state can be caused, for example, by reversible ion insertion into the electrochromic material (eg, via intercalation) and corresponding injection of charge-balancing electrons . Reversible may be for the expected useful life of the ECD. Semi-reversible refers to a measurable (eg, noticeable) degradation of the reversibility of hue encompassing one or more windows of color change cycles. In some instances, a small fraction of the ions responsible for photoconversion are irreversibly bound in electrochromism (eg, and thus the induced (altered) hue state of the window is irreversible to its original hue state. ). In various EC devices, at least some (eg, all) of the irreversibly bound ions can be used to compensate for "blind charge" in the material (eg, ECD).

In some embodiments, suitable ions include cations. Cations can include lithium ions (Li+) and/or hydrogen ions (H+) (ie, protons). In some embodiments, other ions may be suitable. Intercalation of cations can be as (eg, metal) oxides. Changes in the intercalation of ions (eg, cations) into the oxide can induce a visible change in the hue (eg, color) of the oxide. For example, oxides can transition from a colorless to a colored state. For example, intercalation of lithium ions into tungsten oxide (WO3-y (0 < y ≤ ~0.3) can cause tungsten oxide to change from a transparent state to a colored (eg, blue) state. The EC device coatings described herein are located in the within the viewable portion of the window so that the discoloration of the EC device coating can be used to control the optical state of the color-changing window.

In some embodiments, the enclosure includes one or more sensors. The sensors may facilitate controlling the environment of the enclosure so that the residents of the enclosure may be more comfortable, pleasant, beautiful, healthy, productive (eg, regarding resident performance), easier to live in (eg, work), or environment in any combination. The sensors can be configured as low resolution or high resolution sensors. A sensor can provide an on/off indication of the occurrence and/or presence of a particular environmental event (eg, a pixel sensor). In some embodiments, the accuracy and/or resolution of a sensor may be improved through artificial intelligence analysis of its measurements. Examples of artificial intelligence techniques that may be used include reactive, limited memory, theory of mind, and/or self-awareness techniques known to those skilled in the art). Sensors can be configured to process, measure, analyze, detect and/or respond to one or more of the following: data, temperature, humidity, sound, force, pressure, electromagnetic waves, position, distance, movement, flow, acceleration, Speed, vibration, dust, light, glare, color, gas, and/or other aspects (eg, properties) of the environment (eg, enclosure). Gases may include volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Gases may include carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, water vapor (eg, humidity), oxygen, radon, and/or hydrogen sulfide. One or more sensors can be calibrated at the factory. The sensor can be optimized to be able to perform accurate measurements of one or more environmental characteristics in a factory setting. In some instances, a factory calibrated sensor may be less optimized for operation in the target environment. For example, a factory setting might contain a different environment than the target environment. The target environment may be the environment in which the sensor is deployed. The target environment may be an environment in which the sensor is expected to be present and/or in which it is intended to operate. The target environment can be different from the factory environment. The factory environment corresponds to where the sensor is assembled and/or manufactured. The target environment may include factories that do not assemble and/or manufacture sensors. In some instances, the factory settings may differ from the target environment to the extent that the sensor readings it captures in the target environment are erroneous (eg, to a measurable extent). In this context, "error" may refer to a sensor reading that deviates from a specified accuracy (eg, as specified by the sensor's manufacturer). In some cases, a factory-calibrated sensor may provide readings that do not meet accuracy specifications (eg, provided by the manufacturer) when operating in the target environment.

In some embodiments, the sensor is operatively coupled to at least one controller and/or processor. Sensor readings may be obtained by one or more processors and/or controllers. The controller may include a processing unit (eg, CPU or GPU). The controller can receive an input (eg, from at least one sensor). The controller may include electrical circuits, electrical wiring, optical wiring, sockets and/or sockets. The controller can deliver output. A controller may contain multiple (eg, sub-) controllers. The controller may be part of the control system. The control system may include a master controller, a network controller (eg, a floor controller), or a local controller. A local controller can control one or more targets (eg, devices). For example, the local controller may be a window controller (eg, controlling an optically switchable window), an enclosure controller, or a target (eg, component) controller. For example, a controller may be part of a hierarchical control system (eg, including a master controller that directs one or more controllers, eg, directs a network controller, a local controller (eg, a window controller), an enclosure body controller and/or target (eg, component controller). The physical location of controller types in a hierarchical control system can be changed. For example: the first time: the first processor may assume the role of the master controller, the second processor may assume the role of the network controller, and the third processor may assume the role of the local controller. The second time: the second processor may assume the role of the master controller, the first processor may assume the role of the network controller, and the third processor may maintain the role of the local controller. Third time: The third processor can assume the role of the master controller, the second processor can assume the role of the network controller, and the first processor can assume the role of the local controller. A controller may control one or more devices (eg, directly coupled to the devices). A controller may be configured adjacent to one or more devices it is controlling. For example, the controller may control optically switchable devices (eg, IGUs), antennas, sensors, and/or output devices (eg, light sources, sound sources, odor sources, gas sources, HVAC outlets, or heaters). In one embodiment, a network controller may direct one or more local controllers, one or more enclosure controllers, one or more target (eg, component) controllers, or any combination thereof. The network controller may include a floor controller. For example, a network (eg, including a floor) controller can control a plurality of local (eg, including a window) controller. A plurality of local controllers may be configured in a portion of a facility (eg, in a portion of a building). Part of the facility may be the floor of the facility. For example, network controllers can be assigned to floors. In some embodiments, a floor may include a plurality of network controllers, eg, depending on the floor size and/or the number of local controllers coupled to the network controllers. For example, a network controller may be assigned to a portion of a floor. For example, the network controller may be assigned to a portion of the local controllers deployed in the facility. For example, a network controller may be assigned to a portion of a floor of a facility. The master controller may be coupled to one or more network controllers. The network controller can be configured in the facility. The main controller may be deployed in the facility, or external to the facility. The master controller can be configured in the cloud. The controller may be part of a building management system (abbreviated herein as "BMS"), or may be operatively coupled to a part of the BMS. The controller can receive one or more inputs. The controller can generate one or more outputs. The controller can be a single-input single-output controller (SISO) or a multiple-input multiple-output controller (MIMO). The controller can interpret the received input signal. The controller may obtain data from one or more targets (eg, components such as sensors). Acquiring can include receiving or extracting. Data can include measurements, estimates, determinations, generation, or any combination thereof. The controller may contain feedback control. The controller may include feedforward control. Control may include on-off control, proportional control, proportional-integral (PI) control, or proportional-integral-derivative (PID) control. Control may include open loop control, or closed loop control. The controller may contain closed loop control. The controller may contain open loop control. The controller may include a user interface. The user interface may include (or be operatively coupled to) a keyboard, keypad, mouse, touch screen, microphone, voice recognition package, camera, imaging system, or any combination thereof. The output may include a display (eg, a screen), speakers, or a printer. The controller may perform real-time calculations (eg, analysis using passed data, such as sensor data and/or cabling network). Network analysis can be related to communication rates (eg, electrical) power consumption, and/or communication density on the network (eg, at a given time and/or in a given time frame). A controller (eg, a control system) may utilize historical and/or third-party data for its control. Historical data may be for the facility, for a similar facility, or for a different facility.

FIG. 1 shows an example of a control system architecture 100 that includes a master controller 108 , which controls a network controller 106 , which in turn controls a local controller 104 . In some embodiments, the local controller controls one or more IGUs, one or more sensors, one or more output devices (eg, one or more transmitters), or any combination thereof. FIG. 1 shows an example of a configuration in which a master controller is operatively coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a building management system (BMS) 124 and to a database 120 . The arrows in Figure 1 represent communication paths. The controller may be operatively coupled (eg, directly/indirectly and/or wired and/wirelessly) to the external source 110 . External sources may include a network. External sources may include one or more sensors or output devices. External sources may include cloud-based applications and/or databases. Communication can be wired and/or wireless. External sources may be configured outside the facility. For example, an external source may include one or more configured sensors and/or antennas, eg, on a wall or on the ceiling of a facility. Communication can be one-way or two-way. In the example shown in Figure 1, all communication arrows should be bidirectional.

A controller may monitor and/or direct changes in (eg, physical) operating conditions of the apparatus, software, and/or methods described herein. Controlling may include regulating, regulating, restricting, directing, monitoring, adjusting, modulating, changing, changing, constraining, checking, directing, or managing. Controlled (eg, by a controller) may include attenuated, modulated, varied, managed, controlled, disciplined, regulated, constrained, supervised, mediated , and/or guided. Controlling may include controlling a control variable (eg, temperature, power, voltage, and/or profile). Control can include instant or offline control. The computations used by the controller can be performed on-the-fly and/or off-line. The controller can be a manual controller or a non-manual controller. The controller may be an automatic controller. The controller can operate on request. The controller may be a programmable controller. The controller can be programmed. The controller may include a processing unit (eg, CPU or GPU). The controller can receive an input (eg, from at least one sensor). The controller can deliver output. A controller may contain multiple (eg, sub-) controllers. The controller may be part of the control system. The control system may include a master controller, a network controller, a local controller (eg, enclosure controller, or window controller). The controller can receive one or more inputs. The controller can generate one or more outputs. The controller can be a single-input single-output controller (SISO) or a multiple-input multiple-output controller (MIMO). The controller can interpret the received input signal. The controller may obtain data from one or more sensors. Acquiring can include receiving or extracting. Data can include measurements, estimates, determinations, generation, or any combination thereof. The controller may contain feedback control. The controller may include feedforward control. Control may include on-off control, proportional control, proportional integral (PI) control, or proportional integral derivative (PID) control. Control may include open loop control, or closed loop control. The controller may contain closed loop control. The controller may contain open loop control. The controller may include a user interface. The user interface may include (or be operatively coupled to) a keyboard, keypad, mouse, touch screen, microphone, voice recognition package, camera, imaging system, or any combination thereof. The output may include a display (eg, a screen), speakers, or a printer.

The methods, systems and/or apparatuses described herein may include a control system. The control system can communicate with any of the devices (eg, sensors) described herein. The sensors may be of the same type or of different types, eg, as described herein. For example, the control system may communicate with the first sensor and/or with the second sensor. The control system can control one or more sensors. A control system may control one or more objects (eg, components) of a building management system (eg, lighting, security, and/or air conditioning systems). The controller may adjust at least one (eg, environmental) characteristic of the enclosure. The control system may use any object (eg, component) of the building management system to adjust the enclosure environment. For example, the control system may regulate the energy supplied by the heating element and/or by the cooling element. For example, the control system may regulate the velocity of air flowing through the vents to and/or from the enclosure. The control system may include a processor. The processor may be a processing unit. The controller may include a processing unit. The processing unit may be central. The processing unit may include a central processing unit (abbreviated herein as "CPU"). The processing unit may be a graphics processing unit (abbreviated herein as "GPU"). A controller or control mechanism (eg, including a computer system) may be programmed to implement one or more methods of the present disclosure. A processor can be programmed to implement the methods of the present disclosure. A controller can control at least one object (eg, a component) of the system and/or apparatus disclosed herein.

In some embodiments, a plurality of objects (eg, devices) may be operatively (eg, communicatively) coupled to a control system. A control system may include a hierarchy of controllers. Targets may include transmitters, sensors, or windows (eg, IGUs). Transmitters may include lights, buzzers, heaters, HVAC actuators, or alarms. The target can be any target disclosed in the text. At least two of the plural objects may be of the same type. For example, two or more IGUs may be coupled to the control system. At least two of the plural targets may be of different types. For example, sensors and transmitters can be coupled to a control system. Sometimes a plurality of objects may include at least 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 2500, 5000, 7500, 10000, 50000, 100000, or 500000 objects. The plurality of targets can be any number between the foregoing numbers (eg, from 20 targets to 500,000 targets, from 20 targets to 50 targets, from 50 targets to 500 targets, from 500 targets to 2,500 targets targets, from 1000 targets to 5000 targets, from 5000 targets to 10000 targets, from 10000 targets to 100000 targets, or from 100000 targets to 500000 targets). For example, the number of windows in a floor may be at least 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, or 50. The number of windows in a floor can be any number in between (eg, from 5 to 50, from 5 to 25, or from 25 to 50). Sometimes targets can be in multistory buildings. At least a portion of the floors of the multi-story building may have objects controlled by the control system (eg, at least a portion of the floors of the multi-story building may be controlled by the control system). For example, a multistory building may have at least 2, 8, 10, 25, 50, 80, 100, 120, 140, or 160 floors controlled by the control system. The number of floors (eg, objects therein) controlled by the control system can be any number in between (eg, from 2 to 50, from 25 to 100, or from 80 to 160). Floors may be at least approximately 150 m ² , 250 m ² , 500 m ² , 1000 m ² , 1500 m ² , or 2000 square meters (m ² ). Floors can have an area between any of the above floor area values (eg, from 150 m ² to 2000 m ² , from about 150 m ² to about 500 m ² , from about 250 m ² to about 1000 m ² , from about 1000 m 2 ² to about 2000 m ² ). The total length of cabling in a cabling network system may be at least about 500 feet ('), 1,000', 10,000', or 100,000', depending on the size of the facility, the number of targets to which the cabling system is coupled, and Type, and coverage of facilities by cabling system.

In some embodiments, portions of the communication network of an enclosure (eg, a building) may be logically and/or physically divided into one or more vertical data planes and one or more horizontal data planes. The function of the vertical data plane may be to provide data communication and (optionally) electrical power perpendicular to the earth system (eg, between floors of a multi-story building). The function of the horizontal data plane may be to provide data communication and/or power to network nodes on one or more floors of a facility (eg, a building). In some embodiments, the communication network of an enclosure (eg, a building) employs a vertical plane that is linked to a plurality of horizontal data planes through a control panel. At least one control panel may be provided for each horizontal data plane.

In certain embodiments, the infrastructure described herein provides communication networks and power resources near the perimeter of an enclosure (eg, a building), optionally with separate communication and power distribution systems at the facility (eg, building) on each or all floors. Infrastructure can be installed when an enclosure (eg, a building) is constructed or becomes part of a renovation. The infrastructure can provide high-speed communications (eg, at Gbit and faster data rates) and power taps at designated locations throughout the building, for example, around walls, rooms, along the floors of facilities (such as buildings) ceiling, along the floor, or other areas.

In certain embodiments, a direct connection to the infrastructure of a facility (eg, a building) is provided via power and/or cradles in the device, such as the network adapters described herein. Wiring connected to the network adapter can be hung in various locations, such as in the walls of an enclosure (eg, a building). In some embodiments, one or more wires are arranged in horizontal mullions above and/or below the window. In some embodiments, one or more wirings are disposed below the floor surface, eg, within a floor slab.

In various embodiments, the links in the vertical data plane are links between network devices (eg, devices communicatively coupled to the network). One or more network devices may be deployed on the same floor and/or on different floors of a facility (eg, building). In some embodiments, one or more floors (eg, each of them) in a facility (eg, building) have network devices (such as network switches and/or network routers). Network devices can be connected to two or more links in the vertical data plane. The network device may be provided in the control panel. In some embodiments, the linking medium (in the vertical plane) includes and/or includes one or more optical fibers. In some embodiments, current carrying lines are used in place of, and/or in conjunction with, optical fibers, eg, as link media (eg, in a vertical data plane). Fibers can be arranged in horizontal and/or vertical data planes. Current carrying wires, such as copper wires, may be provided as twisted pairs and/or coaxial cables. In some embodiments, the (eg, vertical) data plane includes fiber optic bundles that run between network devices (eg, deployed on different floors of a facility (eg, a building)). As an example, the links of the (eg, perpendicular) data planes shown in Figures 2, 213, 215, or 217 may (eg, each) comprise a fiber bundle. In certain embodiments, at least one (eg, each) fiber bundle may include at least 12, 24, 48, 96, or 114 fibers.

In some embodiments, at least a portion of the optical fibers may be used for communication within the enclosure. At least a portion of the fiber may not be used (eg, unused fiber may be referred to herein as "dark fiber"). In some embodiments, during or after installation, some fibers are used for information technology (IT) and/or other service infrastructure of the enclosure (eg, building), while some other fibers are "dark". Dark fibers cannot be used (at least temporarily) for the IT and/or services of the enclosure (eg, sensors, windows, HVAC, lighting, security). Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems may be abbreviated herein as "HVAC." Such services may include controlling the operation of one or more devices. Such devices may include sensors, color-changing windows, heaters, coolers (eg, air conditioners), ventilators, lighting, security, transmitters, antennas, or actuators. In some embodiments, at least about 1/10, 1/5, 1/4, 1/3, or 1/2 (half) of the installed fibers are initially (at the time of installation) dark. In some embodiments, at least about 1/10, 1/5, 1/4, 1/3, or 1/2 (half) of the installed fibers are initially (at the time of installation) non-dark. Dark fiber may be used for lease as a service for tenants and/or other enclosure occupants. Examples of rental services may include Wi-Fi, cellular, streaming Internet, and any other IT-related services used by occupants and/or tenants.

In some embodiments, the data plane has a topology (eg, wiring and/or devices operatively coupled to the wiring are configured in a topology). The topology can be a linear topology or a star topology. For example, the (eg, horizontal) data plane may have a linear network topology. In a linear topology, a network topology may include a control plane at one terminal area of the data transfer medium and multiple nodes (down from the control plane) connected along the length of the data transfer medium. In some embodiments, transmission media (eg, network cables such as coaxial cables and/or twisted pair cables) are located near some or all of the perimeter of the floors of the facility. In some embodiments, at one or more locations along the network cable, there are electrical couplings for connection to one or more nodes, such as terminal nodes, optionally via a network adapter. End nodes may include any of the devices disclosed herein (eg, sensors, emitters, color changing windows, HVAC systems, or lighting). In some embodiments, the electrical coupling is a cover, which is a passive device. This may provide electrical coupling between the network cable and the associated node (eg, any device served by a horizontal data plane). In some embodiments, electrical coupling is provided at regular intervals, such as at (eg, vertical) mullions (eg, at about every five feet). The nodes may be infrastructure nodes. Infrastructure nodes may include floor controllers, Ethernet switches, and/or headends.

15-18 (described herein) depict embodiments of horizontal data planes employing ring and/or star topologies.

FIG. 2 represents an embodiment of a communication network 200 for an enclosure, such as a building. The example shown in FIG. 2 depicts links, which may include one or more cables (eg, coaxial cables or twisted pair cables). Links may be communication and/or power lines. Cables can be bundled with cables. Cable bundles can transmit power and/or communications. Cables (eg, coaxial cables) can transmit power and/or communications. In the depicted embodiment, network 200 includes a vertically oriented network portion (including vertical communication lines 205) that connect network objects (eg, components) on multiple floors of an enclosure (eg, of a facility). ). In the example shown in Figure 2, the vertical data plane includes a first control panel 207 on the first floor, a second control panel 209 on the second floor, and a third control panel 211 on the third floor . A physical communication and/or power link 213 connects the control panels 207 and 209 . A physical communication and/or power link 215 connects the control panels 209 and 211 . A physical communication and/or power link 217 connects the control panels 207 and 211 . As shown, control panels 207, 209, and 211 form a loop along with physical communication and/or power links 213, 215, and 217. Loops provide redundancy in the network. As an example, physical communication and/or power link 217 provides redundancy in the vertical plane if one of the other physical communication and/or power links (eg, links 213 or 215) fails. Communication links 213, 215, and 217 may include electrical wires and/or optical fibers. Communications and/or links 213, 215, and 217 may include coaxial lines.

In the example shown in FIG. 2, control panel 207 is communicatively coupled (eg, connected) to external network 201 (eg, outside the building and/or in the cloud) via access network 203. Control panel 207 is communicatively coupled (eg, connected) to access network 203 by physical communication and/or power links 204 (which may include optical fibers and/or wires). The control panel 207 is connected to an antenna 289 outside the building. Antenna 289 may be a receive antenna (eg, a donor antenna).

FIG. 2 shows an example of a control panel 207 operatively coupled (eg, connected) to a first horizontal network portion, which is a horizontal data plane 219 . Control panel 209 is operatively coupled (eg, connected) to a second horizontal network portion, which is horizontal data plane 221 . Control panel 211 is operatively coupled (eg, connected) to a third horizontal network portion, which is horizontal data plane 223 . Horizontal data planes 219, 221, and 223 include multiple network objects (eg, components and/or devices). Network objects (eg, components) may include client nodes. Client nodes may be located on individual floors of a building.

In the example shown in Figure 2, the horizontal data plane 219 includes network adapters 251a-251e. A network adapter (eg, 251a) is coupled to communication and/or power lines (eg, mains) 259 via a distribution interface (eg, 290). Network adapter 251a is connected to a collection of targets (eg, sensors and/or transmitters) 253, and to IGU 255, which may be an optically switchable window. The network adapter 251a is configured to provide power and data to a set 253 of targets (also referred to herein as a "target set"), eg, using Power over Ethernet (PoE). The network adapter 251d is connected to at least one third party device 257, such as a computing device. The network adapter 251d is configured to provide a network connection to the third party device 257 . Providing network connectivity may include implementing logic for the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) that it supports (eg, PoE).

In the example shown in FIG. 2, control panel 207 is connected to network adapters 251a-251e by link (eg, coaxial cable) 259. The connection may be by coaxial or other types of (eg, electrical and/or optical) cables. Control panel 209 is connected to client nodes on horizontal data plane 221 by links (eg, coaxial cables) 261 . Control panel 211 is connected to client nodes on horizontal data plane 223 by links (eg, coaxial cables) 263 . In the example shown in FIG. 2 , the control panel 207 includes two headends 265 a and 265 b , a switch 267 (abbreviated herein as “SW”) and a distributed antenna system (abbreviated as “DAS” herein) 269 . The switch is operatively coupled (eg, connected) to two edge distribution frame devices (abbreviated herein as "EDF"). Headend 265a is connected to a plurality of links (eg, coaxial cables), including link (eg, coaxial cables) 259 . Although not shown, the head end 265b is connected to at least one link (eg, a coaxial cable). Switch 267 is connected to (eg, communication and/or power) links 204 , 213 , and 217 . Connections may be via fiber optic cables and/or electrical cables. DAS 269 is configured to control and/or communicate with one or more antennas, including antenna 273 , on horizontal data plane 219 . The antennas may be internal building antennas (eg, 273) and/or external (eg, donor) antennas (eg, 289). In the example shown in FIG. 2 , a power and/or communication link (eg, cable) 271 connects the antenna 273 to the control panel 207 . Link 271 is also connected to a directional coupler (eg, configured for a directional data protocol such as MoCA or d.hn). Other client nodes 275a and 275b are connected to control panel 207 via power and/or communication links (eg, cables) 271 . Headends 265a and 265b are configured to transmit and/or receive data encoded in accordance with one or more protocols, including (i) the Next Generation Home Network Connection Protocol (abbreviated herein as the "G.hn" protocol) , (ii) communication technologies for the transmission of digital information through power lines traditionally used (for example, only) to transmit electricity, or (iii) for the communication and transfer of data through electrical wiring in buildings (for example, Ethernet , USB and Wi-Fi) designed hardware devices. Data transfer agreements can facilitate data transfer rates of at least 1 gigabit per second (Gbit/s), 2 Gbit/s, 3 Gbit/s, 4 Gbit/s, or 5 Gbit/s. Data transfer protocols can operate over telephone wiring, coaxial cables, power lines, and/or (eg, plastic) optical fibers. Data transfer agreements may be facilitated using wafers (eg, containing semiconductor devices). In the example shown in FIG. 2 , the horizontal data plane 221 includes a network adapter 277 connected to the control panel 209 by a link (eg, coaxial cable) 279 . Horizontal data plane 221 includes physical power (eg, 48V DC) and/or (power and/or communication) lines 281 for connecting one or more antennas (not shown) to control panel 209 . In addition to link (eg, coax) 263, horizontal data plane 223 includes a second link (eg, coax) 283 for connecting one or more network adapters or other client nodes (not shown) ) is connected to the control panel 211. Horizontal data plane 223 includes physical (eg, power and/or communication) lines 285 for connecting one or more antennas (not shown) to control panel 211 . Control panel 211 is also connected to (eg, cellular) antenna 287 .

In certain embodiments, the control panel includes one or more headends that are configured via protocols such as G.hn, Ethernet (including via MoCA (Multimedia over Coax Alliance) protocols), and/or protocols such as G.hn, Ethernet, etc. Fourth-generation (4G) and/or fifth-generation (5G) cellular communications, and/or any one or more of various cellular protocols. 4G communication may conform to the Long Term Evolution (LTE) standard. The control panel may include one or more network switches, gateways, and/or routers.

In some embodiments, the cabling network includes at least one distribution junction (referred to herein as a "split" and "junction"). The distribution interface may include at least one connector. The distribution interface may distribute one or more time-varying signals and/or power (eg, DC) within the network infrastructure. Distribution junctions may couple two or more circuits together. As an example, a distribution junction may couple together at least two of an upstream circuit, a downstream circuit, and a branch circuit. The upstream and downstream circuits may be part of a network bus (also referred to herein as a trunk). In some embodiments, a bus is a subsystem that is used to connect objects (eg, components), transfer data (eg, signals) and/or power (eg, DC) between those objects (eg, components). The distribution interface can be passive, or active. The distribution interface can include active and passive targets (eg, components). The distribution junction may include one or more paths in which upstream, downstream, and branch circuits are electrically coupled together. The distribution interface may include (or be operatively coupled to) a microprocessor. The cabling network may include passive distribution junctions and/or active distribution junctions. The active distribution junction has at least one active component. Passive distribution junctions have passive components and no active components.

In some embodiments, the active distribution junction includes a circuit (eg, an electrical circuit). The circuits in the active distribution junction may include signal repeaters, range extenders, signal repeaters, amplifiers, preamplifiers, power management circuits, and/or microprocessors. Power management circuitry may control (eg, monitor and/or manage) the flow of power (eg, DC) through the distribution junction. Active distribution junctions may facilitate the formation of longer network buses (eg, signal repeaters and/or amplifiers may extend the actual length of the network bus). Active distribution interfaces may provide options to dynamically resize (eg, extend) the network (eg, by adding signal repeaters and/or amplifiers). Resizing a net may include resizing a net bus. The dynamic network resizing option provides dynamic expansion and/or contraction of the network. A dynamic network resizing option may facilitate the formation of a mobile network, eg, for its size and/or target-to-distribution interface connectivity. Active distribution junctions facilitate power management in network infrastructure. For example, (i) by monitoring voltage and/or current along a network (eg, along a network bus), and/or (ii) by negotiating power coupled to a target (eg, a component) of a branch circuit consume.

In some embodiments, the distribution junction is passive. Passive distribution junctions may include one or more capacitors, inductors and/or transformers. The passive distribution junction may include (i) a first inductively coupled power (eg, DC), eg, from an upstream circuit to a branch circuit (or vice versa) and/or (ii) a second inductively coupled power (eg, DC), For example from an upstream circuit to a downstream circuit (or vice versa). The passive distribution junction may include at least one transformer. At least one transformer can couple one or more time-varying signals between two or more circuits (eg, between three circuits). The passive distribution interface may include one or more filters.

In some embodiments, the distribution junction provides impedance matching. In some embodiments, the distribution junction may include a transformer. For example, implementations utilizing distribution junctions of transformers may provide impedance matching. Impedance matching can be adapted to reduce (eg, eliminate) unwanted signal reflections from distribution junctions within the network infrastructure. Transformers can contain multiple windings. At least two (eg, all) of the plurality of windings may be formed from the same number of turns around a common core (eg, to provide a balance transformer). At least two (eg, all) of the plurality of windings may be formed from different turns around a common core (eg, to provide a balun). At least two (eg, all) of the windings may be the same diameter. The diameters of at least two (eg, all) of the windings may be different. The transformer (in the distribution junction) can be configured to divide the time-varying signal in a balanced or unbalanced manner. The balance transformer can receive the time-varying signal on the first circuit and divide the signal equally into the complex circuits. Equal division of the signal into the complex circuits may make the signals in each of the complex circuits approximately (eg, measurably) equal. For example, a balun may receive the time-varying signal on the first circuit and divide the signal equally across the second and third circuits (eg, at about half the original power). The balun may receive the time-varying signal on the first circuit and divide the signal unequally among the plurality of circuits. Unequal division of the signal into the complex circuits may cause the signals in at least two of the complex circuits to be different. For example, a balun may divide a signal from a first circuit at a first component (eg, 85%) of the original (eg, electrical) power onto a second circuit, and at a second component of the original (eg, electrical) power (eg, 15%) to the third circuit. The first and second components are not equal and sum to approximately 100% (eg, 100% less loss). In the division of the first circuit signal (100%) into the second circuit and the third circuit unevenly, the second circuit may receive up to about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, or 40%, while the third circuit can receive the remainder from the first circuit. In the division of the first circuit signal (100%) into the second circuit and the third circuit unevenly, the second circuit may receive any signal percentage value from the first circuit between the aforementioned percentage values (eg, from about 1% to about 40%, from about 1% to about 20%, or from about 20% to about 40%), while the third circuit may receive the remainder from the first circuit. The second circuit (eg, the circuit receiving the lower signal strength) may be a branch circuit and the third circuit may be a downstream circuit, eg, such that most continue along the network bus. In other embodiments, the first circuit (eg, the circuit that receives the higher signal strength) is a branch circuit, eg, such that most of the signal is passed to the branch circuit.

In some embodiments, the distribution junction includes at least one filter. The distribution junction may include one or more low-pass filters, high-pass filters, and/or band-pass filters. Filters may be adapted to minimize (eg, block) certain frequencies from a branch circuit (eg, when such frequencies are not utilized by the branch circuit) and/or certain frequencies from downstream circuits (eg, when no downstream circuits utilize such frequencies). By minimizing (eg, blocking) such frequencies (eg, signal portions), filters can reduce noise in a network, eg, as signals propagate through the network (eg, through bus bars).

In some embodiments, the allocation junction includes frequency shifting capabilities. For example, the control panel and distribution interface may frequency shift one or more of the time-varying signals to reduce interference as the signals travel through the network. A signal can be shifted into a region of the available spectrum on a medium (eg, coaxial cable) that it has not yet used. The distribution interface may include passive or active targets (eg, components) that remove this frequency shift when transmitting signals from the network bus to the branch circuit and insert when transmitting signals from the branch circuit to the network bus This frequency is shifted. The control panel may include a G.hn head-end or other target (eg, component) that adds or removes frequency shifts from the time-varying signal as it is transmitted by and received at the control panel.

In some embodiments, one or more antennas are coupled to the network. Antennas may be attached to the exterior and/or interior of an enclosure (eg, a building). Antennas can be passive or active. At least two of the antennas may be of the same type. At least two of the antennas may be of different types. External antennas may be referred to herein as "donor antennas." The external antenna may be a directional antenna (eg, a Yagi antenna). The antenna can be coupled directly to the control panel. The antenna can be indirectly coupled to the control panel. Indirect coupling of the antenna to the control panel may include its coupling through one or more distribution junctions. The signal from the antenna may travel a distance through the cable, eg, resulting in a reduction in signal-to-noise ratio, eg, a reduction in signal strength compared to noise. Signals from the antennas may travel through one or more distribution junctions, eg, resulting in a reduction in signal-to-noise ratio, eg, a reduction in signal strength compared to noise. The network may include preamplifiers and/or amplifiers (eg, to increase signal-to-noise ratio, eg, to increase signal strength compared to noise). The amplifier and/or preamplifier may be (i) disposed adjacent to the antenna, (ii) as part of the antenna, (iii) as part of the controller (eg, in a control panel), (iv) operatively coupled to the controller, (v) adjacent to the distribution junction, and/or (vi) operatively coupled to the distribution junction. The antenna may be active. Antennas may include amplifiers and/or preamplifiers. In the example shown in FIG. 2, the antenna 273 is connected to the control panel 207 through the head 265a. However, the antenna may be communicatively coupled to a cable (eg, coaxial cable and/or trunk 265a). Antennas may be connected to the trunk before any distribution junctions (eg, 290) and/or other targets (eg, devices such as 253). Without wishing to be bound by theory, the connection of the antenna to the trunk (before any distribution junctions and/or equipment) may reduce signal loss (compared to noise). Amplifiers and/or preamplifiers may be included in control panels, such as floor controls. In some embodiments, the network bus has a headend. One or more devices (eg, antennas) may be coupled to the network bus. The antenna may be a high frequency antenna. The antenna is operable in the frequency range from about 700 MHz to about 2100 MHz. The antenna may be coupled closer to the head-end than other devices (eg, upstream). For example, the first device on the network bus (eg, the branch circuit closest to the headend) may be an antenna. The antenna may operate at least about 3.56 GHz, the second device may be another antenna operating at least about 700 MHz, and other (eg, downstream) devices coupled to the network bus may utilize signals at frequencies up to about 400 MHz. The highest frequency (eg, 3.56 GHz) antenna can be connected to a network bus having a first distribution junction with a first low-pass filter, eg, configured on a downstream circuit. The first low-pass filter may attenuate (eg, block) signals on downstream circuits having frequencies higher than the antenna (eg, about 3.20 GHz). A lower frequency (eg, 700 MHz) antenna can be connected to a network bus with a second distribution junction with a second low pass filter, eg, on a downstream circuit. A second low pass filter may attenuate (eg, block) signals on downstream circuits having frequencies above the antenna (eg, about 400 MHz). With this configuration, the signals of the two (eg, 3.56 GHz and 700 MHz) antennas need not pass through more than a limited number (eg, one, two, etc.) of distribution junctions. The number of distribution junctions through higher frequency signals can be a single-digit integer (eg, up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9 distribution junctions). Therefore, the antenna may receive higher signal strength (eg, higher signal-to-noise ratio). Additionally, high frequency noise from downstream reflections and/or other sources may be reduced (eg, eliminated).

FIG. 3 shows an example of a cabling network 300 . The cabling network includes busbar cables 350 connected to the controller 306 . Controllers may include network (eg, including floor) controllers. The controller may include a network controller. The controller may be the primary controller. FIG. 3 shows an example of multiple distribution junctions 301 , 302 , and 303 . The distribution junction 301 is connected to the antenna 321 via a branch cable 351 . Antenna 321 may be the highest frequency antenna (eg, 3.56 GHz) coupled to bus cable 350 . Distribution junction 302 is connected to antenna 322 via breakout cable 352 . Antenna 322 may be a lower frequency antenna (eg, 700MHz). In the example shown in FIG. 3, antennas 321 and 322 are dome antennas. FIG. 3 shows an example of a third distribution interface 303 connected via a branch cable 353 to a local (eg, including a window) controller 341 , which in turn is connected to the IGU 342 and the sensor 343 . The local controller may be a microprocessor.

FIG. 3 shows a detailed electronic schematic of the distribution junction 301 as 310 . The detailed electrical schematic 310 includes a transformer that divides the power of the time-varying signal between upstream, downstream, and branch circuits. In the example shown in FIG. 3, distribution junction 310 includes first and second inductors that couple power (eg, DC) between upstream, downstream, and branch circuits. The branch circuits of the distribution junction 310 are coupled to the highest frequency antenna, and the distribution junction 310 includes a low pass filter. In the example shown in Figure 3, the low pass filter is formed from its inductance and capacitance coupled to the downstream circuit. The low-pass filter can attenuate (eg, block) the signal used by the highest frequency (eg, 3.56 GHz) antenna from the downstream circuitry. Downstream devices (eg, 322, 342, and 343) may utilize frequencies below those attenuated by the low pass filter. The transformer in the distribution junction 310 includes a first winding 361 , a second winding 362 , and a third winding 363 . Windings 361, 362, and 363 are wound around the common core. FIG. 3 shows an example of a distribution junction 380 connecting three coaxial cables.

In some embodiments, the cabling network includes network buses (also referred to herein as trunks) and drop cables. Network buses and drop cables may distribute one or more time-varying signals and/or power (eg, DC) within the network infrastructure. Network bus bars and drop cables may include one or more signal conductors and one or more ground conductors. A network bus can be formed from multiple circuits coupled together. The first circuit of the network bus can couple together a controller (eg, controller 306 of FIG. 3 ) and a distribution junction (eg, distribution junction 301 of FIG. 3 ). The second and subsequent circuits of the network bus may couple together respective pairs of distribution junctions (eg, distribution junction pairs 301, 302, and 303). Branch cables (eg, branch cables 351, 352, and 352) can couple the branch circuits to respective distribution junctions.

Network buses and drop cables may distribute multiple time-varying signals and/or power (eg, DC) (eg, simultaneously).

The network bus bars and drop cables can carry power (eg, DC) at any desired voltage rating. By way of example, network bus bars and drop cables may deliver power (eg, DC) at 12V, at 23V, or at 48 volts (V). Network bus bars and branch cables may conform to any International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) class, such as Category 0, I, II, or III. As an example, network bus bars and drop cables may comply with IEC Class II and may therefore carry a maximum of 100VA or 100W. The network bus bars and drop cables can have a routing thickness sufficient to carry the requested current (eg, 12, 14, 16, or 18 gauge). Network bus bars and drop cables may include shields (eg, foil shields, braid shields, or quad shields), eg, to reduce crosstalk and/or interference. Network buses and drop cables may include (eg, be formed from) LMR-200, LMR-240, LMR-400, RG-6, RG-8, RG-11, RG-59, RG-60, RG-174 , RG-210, RG-213, 8233, or 8267 coaxial cable, or other types of cables. The network bus and/or drop cables may be assigned any requested number (eg, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more) of sets of distinguishable time-varying signal frequencies. Time-varying signal frequency sets can be assigned to cover non-overlapping frequency windows. As an example, a network bus and/or drop cable may allocate a first set of frequencies for time-varying signals to cover one or more first frequency windows and allocate a second set of frequencies for time-varying signals to cover one or more second frequency window. The frequency bins (in both the first and second sets) may be separated in the frequency domain (eg, there may be guard bands between the frequency bins). In some embodiments, some frequency windows (from the first and/or second set) are not separated by guard bands and/or partially overlap in the frequency domain (e.g., one frequency window end touches another frequency window beginning, e.g., 5, 526 and 529). In general, separating adjacent frequency windows with guard bands reduces noise and/or interference, and may also reduce the cost and complexity of network components (eg, cables, filters, distribution junctions, etc. ).

The first set of time-varying signals distributed by the cabling network may include network data signals (eg, control-related signals). The first set of time-varying signals may be referred to as digital communications or digital data. The first set of time-varying signals may include signals configured to be transmitted by a communication technology that transmits digital information over power lines through which it is used (eg, only) to transmit electrical power. The first set of time-varying signals may include signals configured to be transmitted through the electrical wiring of the building by hardware devices designed for communication and transfer of data (eg, Ethernet, USB, and Wi-Fi). The first set of time-varying signals may include signals configured to be transmitted by a data transfer protocol that facilitates at least 1 Megahertz (MHz), 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 50 MHz, 10 MHz, 500 MHz, 1 per second Gigabit (Gbit/s), 2 Gbit/s, 3 Gbit/s, 4 Gbit/s, or 5 Gbit/s data transfer rates. Data transfer protocols can operate over telephone wiring, coaxial cables, power lines, and/or (eg, plastic) optical fibers. Data transfer agreements can be facilitated using wafers (eg, including semiconductor devices). The first set of time-varying signals may include power line communication signals, such as G.hn, HomePlug®, or HD-PLC compatible signals. The first set of time-varying signals may include signals compliant with the Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA) protocol. The first set of time-varying signals may include signals compatible with other protocols, including Ethernet protocols such as 802.3bw, 802.3bp, 802.3ch, and/or 802.3cq. The first frequency window may extend from about 2 Megahertz (MHz) to about 200 MHz (eg, such as used in the G.hn protocol). As an example, the first frequency window may extend from about 500 MHz to about 600 MHz, from about 875 MHz to about 1 GHz, or from about 1.15 to about 1.5 GHz.

The second set of time-varying signals distributed by the cabling network may comprise radio frequency signals. The second time-varying signal may include a signal received by or transmitted through the antenna. The second frequency window may extend from about 600 MHz to about 1 GHz, from about 1.4 GHz to about 6 GHz, and from about 1.7 GHz to about 6 GHz. The radio frequency signals may include cellular network signals, such as fourth generation (4G) and/or fifth generation (5G) cellular network signals. In some embodiments, 4G and 5G cellular network signals include signals at or below about 6 GHz. The ranges of the first and second sets of time-varying signals may overlap. The ranges of the first and second sets of time-varying signals may be separated. The separation may be by signal domains not occupied by the first or second time-varying signals.

FIG. 4 depicts a network cable 400 . The network busses and drop cables in the cabling network disclosed herein may be formed from network cables 400 . Network cable 400 includes an inner conductor 401, an insulator 402 (also referred to as a dielectric), an outer conductor 403, and an insulator 404 (also referred to as a jacket or jacket). The outer conductor 403 can function as a ground path. The inner conductor 401 may carry direct current (DC). The electromagnetic field carrying the signal is transmitted (eg, mainly or only) in the space between inner conductor 401 and outer conductor 403 . Coaxial cables can protect signals from external electromagnetic interference (eg, can reduce external electromagnetic interference on signals transmitted in coaxial cables). For example, network cable 400 can be LMR-200, LMR-240, LMR-400, RG-6, RG-8, RG-11, RG-59, RG-60, RG-174, RG-210, RG- 213, 8233, or 8267 coaxial cable, or other types of cables.

FIG. 5 depicts various frequency ranges 500 , 510 , and 520 divided along the distinguishable signal range of the frequency range that can be carried by network cable 400 . The frequency range 500 includes a DC signal 501, a first set of time-varying signal frequencies 502 (eg, related to control communications), and a second set of time-varying signal frequencies 504 (eg, related to media (eg, cellular) communications). The first and second time-varying signal frequency sets 502 and 503 are separated by a frequency guard band 503 (eg, no time-varying signals). The frequency range 510 includes a DC signal 511, a first time-varying signal frequency set 512 (eg, control-related communications), a second time-varying signal frequency set 514 (eg, related to media (eg, cellular) communications), a third time-varying signal frequency set 514 A set of variable signal frequencies 516 (eg, control-related communications), and a fourth set of time-varying signal frequencies 518 (eg, related to media (eg, cellular) communications). Guard bands 513, 515, and 517 separate respective pairs of time-varying signals. Guard bands 513, 515, and 517 may have no time-varying signals. At least two of the time-varying signal frequency sets may transmit the same type of signal (eg, signal frequency sets 512 and 516 may be reserved for controlling transmission of related communications). At least two of the time-varying signal frequency sets may transmit different types of signals (eg, signal frequency set 512 may be reserved for transmission of control-related communications, while frequency set 514 may be reserved for transmission of media-related communications). As an example, the time-varying signal frequency set 512 may be reserved for data signals from about 2 to about 200 MHz (eg, conforming to the G.hn protocol). As a further example, the time-varying signal frequency set 516 may be reserved for data signals from about 1.2 to about 1.5 GHz, which is compliant with the MoCA (Multimedia over Coax Alliance) protocol. As another example, time-varying signal frequency sets 514 and 516 may be reserved for analog radio frequency signals having signal frequency set 514 including frequencies from about 0.6 to about 1.0 GHz, while signal frequency set 518 may be reserved for analogous radio frequency signals from about 1.7 to about 1.0 GHz. Signal frequency of approximately 6.0 GHz.

Signal frequency range 520 in which signal frequencies can be distinguished includes DC signal 521 , first time-varying signal frequency set 522 , second time-varying signal frequency set 524 , third time-varying signal frequency set 526 , and fourth time-varying signal frequency set 529 . Guardband 523 represents a relatively broad spectral guardband (eg, no signal) between signals 522 and 524 . Guardband 525 represents a relatively narrow spectral guardband (eg, no signal) between signals 524 and 526 . Sharp guard band 527 separates signal sets 526 and 529. Guard band 527 may have a width of a single frequency, less than 10 signal frequencies, or a zero frequency range (and thus signal sets 526 and 529 may touch each other). The time-varying signal 529 may be separated from the time-varying signal frequency set 530 by a notch guard band 528 (eg, no signal). Signals in a set of signal frequencies may have the same amplitude (eg, 529) throughout the set of signal frequencies. Signals in the signal frequency concentration may have varying amplitudes (eg, including amplitude upslope, amplitude plateaus, and amplitude downslopes, such as in 502). The slope of the uphill and downhill can have the same absolute value. The slopes of uphill and downhill have different absolute values. A set of signal frequencies may be a frequency window that allows a set of signal frequencies to travel along a transmission line (eg, a coaxial cable). The frequency used for transmission (eg, media-related communications) may follow legally permitted communications standards. Maintenance and/or facilitation of division into frequency domains (eg, frequency windows, or sets of signal frequencies) may include utilization of one or more signal filters. For example, promotion of a wide guardband (eg, 503) may require less precise (eg, and cheaper) filters that promote sharp (eg, 527 and 528) and/or short (eg, 525) filters Band gap, or sharp frequency domain division.

In some embodiments, the network infrastructure may include one or more network adapters. The network adapter can be configured to disconnect power and data (eg, G.hn and/or MoCA format data) at various locations on the horizontal data plane portion of the network. In some embodiments, network adapters are coupled to respective drop cables (also known as drop lines) and/or network buses (also known as trunks) in the cabling network. As described herein, a cabling network may include one or more network buses.

In some embodiments, network adapters are configured to provide signals and/or power to downstream targets (eg, end nodes associated with respective branch lines). The signal may contain digital data, such as Ethernet data. In such embodiments, the network adapter functions as a 100 megabit (Mbit) and/or 1000 Mbit Ethernet network adapter. The network adapter may alternatively or additionally be configured to provide power (eg, DC power) to downstream targets (eg, devices). The power may be at a voltage of at least about 24 volts (V), 48V, or 96V. Power can be at up to about 24V, 48V, or 96V. End nodes coupled to the network adapter can receive power from and/or receive and transmit data through the connected network adapter. For example, a digital architecture element (eg, including a color-changing window) can be (i) connected to a network adapter, and (ii) configured to receive data and power from the connected network adapter. A digital architecture element may include one or more sensors. The sensor can be coupled to the network infrastructure, such as through a connected network adapter. Nodes that can use power and/or data network communications, including high data rate communications, can be coupled to a network infrastructure, such as via a network adapter. At least a portion of the cabling system and its components can support at least about 50 watts (W), 100 W, 200 W, 400 W, 600 W, 1000 W, or 5000 W of power.

In some embodiments, the cabling network may include (or be operatively coupled to) a network adapter. A network adapter may include one or more network components for distributing power internally and/or externally. For example, a network adapter may include one or more network components for processing (eg, DC) power. The power source may be AC or DC power. The power processing network components may include one or more (eg, DC to DC) converters. The network includes DC-to-AC, AC-to-DC, AC-to-AC, or DC-to-DC converters. The converter is operably coupled to the network adapter, or a portion thereof. The DC-to-DC converter can be configured to convert the DC voltage received from the network bus into different voltages (eg, higher voltages and/or lower voltages). The DC-to-DC converter may include one or more electronic converters, such as a step-down (eg, buck) converter and/or a step-up (eg, boost) converter. The output of the DC-to-DC converter in the network adapter can be used internally by the network adapter (eg, to power internal network components such as processors, interfaces, and controllers) and/or externally Used (eg, to power end nodes). A network adapter can provide power to one or more end nodes, eg, through an adapter or connector. As an example, a network adapter may provide DC power to Power over Ethernet (PoE) switches, couplers, and/or injectors. Power over Ethernet (PoE) switches, couplers, and/or injectors can provide DC power to end nodes, eg, through twisted pair Ethernet cabling. The DC processing network components may include one or more filters and/or power conditioning devices. For example, the DC processing network components may include one or more inductors configured to block time-varying signals between end nodes, network bus bars, and/or DC-to-DC converters.

A network adapter may include network components for handling data communications. For example, a network adapter may include a processor, an interface for coupling to a network bus, and/or one or more interfaces for coupling to an end node. These network components may receive (eg, and be powered by) received from a network bus and/or generated internally by one or more (eg, DC-to-DC) converters (eg, , DC) signal. The interface for coupling to the network bus can encode and decode data carried on the network bus. When the network bus utilizes a data protocol (eg, the G.Hn protocol, or the MoCA protocol), the interface used to couple to the network bus can be a data interface (also known as a data controller). For example, when the network bus utilizes the G.Hn protocol (as an example), the interface used to couple to the network bus may be a G.Hn interface (also known as a G.Hn controller). Interfaces for coupling to one or more end nodes may include, for example, (i) data and/or power interfaces and (ii) fabric element interfaces. The generic data and/or power interface may be an Ethernet interface or an Ethernet powered interface, for example. The Ethernet interface and the Ethernet-powered interface may be referred to as the Ethernet and the Ethernet-powered controller, respectively. An architectural component interface may include, by way of example, a window controller, which is a type of local controller. The window controller can provide one or more signals (eg, in response to a tint command) to the color-changing window effect to adjust the color-tinting window. Hue commands may be generated internally by the window controller (eg, in response to logic programmed into the window controller), or may be received through a network bus from a higher level window controller in the hierarchy of controllers. The window controller can receive signals, eg, from the color-changing window and/or from any connected sensors. The connected sensors may be associated with sensed environmental conditions (eg, weather conditions such as sunlight and/or cloudy conditions) and/or the tint state of the color-changing window. The window controller may use such signals internally (eg, in generating tint commands), or may pass such signals to other network components, eg, through a network bus.

Network adapters can have a relatively small chassis or footprint. The basic length dimension may be width, length, height, diameter of a circle, or diameter of a bounding circle, and may be abbreviated herein as "FLS". The basic length dimension of the network adapter can be up to 1 cm, 2 cm, 5 cm, 10 cm, 20 cm, or 50 cm. The FLS of the network adapter can be any value between the above values (eg, from about 1 cm to about 50 cm, from about 1 cm to about 10 cm, or from about 10 cm to about 50 cm). In some embodiments, the dimensions are no greater than about 12 inches or greater than about 10 inches. For example, the network adapter may have dimensions of about 1.5 inches by about 0.75 inches by about 6 inches. In certain embodiments, network adapters are installed in at least a portion of window frames (eg, mullions and/or transoms), walls, floors, and/or other building structures. It can be directly connected to one or more cables (eg, wiring), providing power and data and/or cellular communication, eg, from a headend or control panel. It can be attached to a window or any other target. Targets may include Internet of Things (IoT) devices, such as digital architecture elements. The control panel may include circuitry configured on one or more circuit boards. The control panel may contain connections to electrical and/or optical wiring. The control panel, device ensemble, edge distribution frame and/or switch may each be housed in the housing. The housing may contain transparent or opaque portions. The housing may comprise a hardened material (eg, elemental metal, metal alloy, polymer, resin, glass, or an allotrope of elemental carbon). The housing may comprise composite material. The housing may have one or more perforations. The enclosure may have windows and/or doors. The housing may have a cover. The cover can be snapped (eg, reversibly) to the body of the housing.

In some embodiments, the network adapter includes frequency shifting capabilities. As an example, a network adapter may transmit and/or receive signals, which have been frequency shifted, through (eg, coaxial) cables. An interface, controller, or other element (i) can shift the signal it transmits from the network adapter, and/or (ii) can reverse through a network bus (eg, branch circuit) into the network Shift of the adapter's signal. Using this type of configuration (eg, using frequency shifting components), signal protocols with overlapping frequency windows can be used without interference. As an example, control-related signals and/or media-related signals (eg, under the MoCA protocol and 4G and/or 5G signals) may overlap when not shifted, and may overlap when not shifted by, for example, having frequency shifting capabilities The network components, such as network adapters, distribution interfaces, and/or control panels (eg, headends), are displaced non-overlapping.

FIG. 6 shows an example of a network adapter 600 . On the upstream side of the network adapter 600 (eg, the side facing the control panel), a connector (not shown) connects to a (eg, coaxial) cable 605 (eg, a network busbar). Power and data may be carried by (eg, coaxial) cables. Examples of connectors to (eg, coaxial) cables are described herein (eg, see the discussion of distribution interface 310 of FIG. 3 ).

On the downstream side of the network adapter (eg, the side facing away from the control panel), connectors (or other interfaces) are provided to pass power and data to (i) connector 619 and (ii) local controller 621 . Connector 619 provides power and data transfer capabilities. The connector 619 can be an Ethernet connector with Ethernet power supply capability. Connector 619 may provide 100Base Ethernet and/or 1000Base Ethernet connections. Connector 619 may be an RJ45 connector. Connector 621 may be configured to couple to a target, such as an optically switchable window (eg, an IGU having one or more electrochromic devices disposed on one or more electrochromic panes of the IGU). Connector 619 may be a (eg, coaxial) cable connector (eg, an RG-designated connector or a BNC-designated connector).

Power (eg, DC) from the (eg, coaxial) cable is split at point 629 . The power then passes through inductive choke 607 and onto line (eg, cable) 609 . Inductive choke 607 allows DC current to pass while attenuating (eg, blocking) time-varying communication signal components (eg, control-related data, media-related data, and/or antenna signals). Part of the DC current on line 609 is provided to a DC/DC converter 611 (also known as a DC-to-DC converter). The DC/DC converter 611 is configured to provide DC power at the configured voltage for operation within the network adapter. DC power may be used by one or more processors and other objects (eg, components) within or coupled to the network adapter, including PoE power injection circuit 617, local (eg, window) controller 621, interface 623, (eg, Ethernet) controller 625, and processor 627.

Part of the DC current on line 609 is provided to DC/DC converter 613 . The DC/DC converter 613 may be a (eg, 48V) recovery circuit. The DC/DC converter 613 is configured to change (eg, step up or step down (as appropriate)) the DC voltage received from the line (eg, cable) 605 to a specified voltage (eg, 48 volts). Inductor 615 is coupled between DC/DC converter 613 and the Ethernet power supply circuit. Inductor 615 smoothes the DC voltage provided by DC/DC converter 613 I and attenuates (eg, blocks) the time-varying signal flowing to DC/DC converter 613 . The network adapter 600 is configured so that the current on the legs containing the specified voltage (eg, 48 volts) recovery circuit - DC/DC converter 613 - and inductor 615 is passed to the Ethernet power supply circuit 617, It is configured to make power available for transmission over physical lines (eg, it can carry Ethernet formatted data). The Ethernet power circuit 617 is electrically connected to the connector 619 in a manner that allows current to pass at a specified voltage (eg, 48 volts) to one or more end devices connected to the connector 619 .

Downstream from point 629 is bidirectionally coupled to interface 623 of line (eg, coaxial cable) 605 . Interface 623 is configured to encode and decode data according to a communication (eg, G.hn or MoCA) protocol. Interface 623 is configured to (i) decode or interpret communication (eg, G.hn) data 605 received from lines (eg, coaxial cable), and (ii) encode or format data. Data (A) is provided via controller 625 and/or 621, and/or (B) is generated internally (eg, by processor 627 and/or by local (eg, window) controller 621), using communication A protocol signal (eg, G.hn) is provided for transmission upstream over line (eg, coaxial cable) 605 .

The (eg, Ethernet) controller 625 is bidirectionally coupled to the communication (eg, G.hn) interface 623 . (eg, Ethernet) controller 625 is bidirectionally coupled to connector 619 . The (eg, Ethernet) controller 625 is configured to provide data in the appropriate physical layer format for subsequent transmissions, such as Ethernet transmissions. For example, (eg, Ethernet) controller 625 may be configured to decode Ethernet data from connector 619 (eg, from an end node), and/or provide unencoded data to communications (eg, G .hn) interface 623 to facilitate subsequent upstream transmission. (eg, Ethernet) controller 625 may be configured to (i) receive data from interface 623, (ii) encode the data in Ethernet PHY format, and (iii) provide the encoded data to the connector 619. The Ethernet controller 625 may provide data to end nodes (eg, Ethernet nodes) in a physical layer format suitable for transmission.

The processor 627 (eg, including a microprocessor) is bidirectionally coupled to the communication (eg, G.hn) interface 623 and to the PoE circuit 617 . Processor 627 may be configured to provide any one or more of various functions to nodes connected to connector 619 and/or local (eg, window) controller 621 . Examples of such functions include sensor data interpretation, tint command of electrochromic windows, negotiation of power delivery (eg, through connector 619), and any combination thereof. In some implementations, the microprocessor 627 is configured to provide computing power to devices such as sensors, transmitters, or any other device disclosed herein (eg, IoT (Internet of Things) functions such as digital architecture elements function). Architectural elements, their computing capabilities, use as part of (eg, control) networks, and examples of (eg, control) networks, see U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/447,169, filed June 20, 2019, The case title is "Sensing and Communication Unit for Optical Switchable Window System", which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. As an example, the processor 627 (or any other element in the network adapter 600) may be configured through the connector 619 to limit power consumption by the end device to, for example, a predetermined power limit (the power limit may be is approximately 1 watt, 5 watts, or 10 watts maximum). Limiting to a predetermined power limit may be at least until a higher level of power consumption is negotiated with (eg, and recognized by) the processor 627 and/or by the control panel. After the negotiation of power consumption, the processor 627 may allow the end device to exceed a predetermined limit and/or consume the negotiated amount of power.

As shown herein, the Ethernet power circuit 617 is bidirectionally coupled to the connector 619 for transmitting and/or receiving data. Ethernet power circuit 617 is coupled to processor 627, thereby allowing direct and/or indirect bidirectional communication between end nodes (eg, targets) coupled to 619 and processor 627. Network adapter 600 is configured to make processing resources (of processor 627) available to downstream nodes.

An optional local (eg, window) controller 621 is bidirectionally coupled to microprocessor 627 and cable 622 (eg, window cable). In some implementations, the local (eg, window) controller 621 is configured to perform some or all of the functions of a window controller (also referred to herein as a local controller). By way of example, the local controller 621 is a window controller configured to receive color change commands from a control panel, generate and provide (i) color change voltage and/or current profiles to the electrochromic device, and/or (ii) receive and/or process sensor readings, and/or (iii) receive current and/or voltage readings from an electrochromic device. An example of the functionality of a local (eg, window) controller is provided in US Published Patent Application (1) 13/449,248, filed April 17, 2012, entitled "Controller for Optically Switchable Windows" ; (2) 13/449,251, filed on April 17, 2012, titled "Controller for Optical Switchable Windows"; (3) 15/334,835, filed on October 26, 2016, titled " Controllers for Optically Switchable Devices"; and (4) 15/334,832, filed October 26, 2016, entitled "Controllers for Optically Switchable Devices," which is incorporated herein in its entirety for refer to.

In at least some embodiments, one or more control panels are provided as distribution centers. Control panels may provide one or more links to other control panels in the building's (eg, vertical and/or horizontal) data plane. The control panels may include a network switch, such as an Ethernet network switch, configured to communicate between the control panels. Control panels can be configured in the same floor or in different floors. For example, a network switch can be configured to communicate between control panels on different floors of a building. For example, a control panel may include a network switch configured to provide network communication (eg, Ethernet communication) between control panels (eg, configured within a floor and/or between floors) to A data rate of at least about 100 million bits per second (Mbit/s), 500 Mbit/s, 1 gigabit per second (Gbit/s), or 10 Gbit/s. Control panels, if installed, can be connected to fiber optics for inter-floor and/or intra-floor communication.

In some embodiments, there is at least one control panel on each of at least two different floors of the building. In some cases, there is at least one control panel on each floor of the building. In some cases, there are at least two control panels on at least one floor of the building. In some embodiments, there is less than one control panel per floor of the building (eg, at least one floor of the building has no control panel). In certain embodiments, the control panel is located in the elevator stanchion area or other area with dedicated mechanical and/or electrical controls (eg, stanchions) and/or other infrastructure (eg, electrical cabinets with circuit breakers). In some embodiments, the control panel on the floor is connected to the main controller. The main controller may be configured in the building. For example, the master controller may be configured in the basement of a building, or in some dedicated area of the building (eg, the ground floor or uppermost floor). The main controller may be the main control panel. The primary control panel may have more computing resources (eg, processing power and memory and storage capacity) than other control panels in the control system (eg, than any other control panel in the control system). In some embodiments, the primary control panel is redundantly networked (eg, using two or more fibers) with the remainder of the control panels, so that failure of a single link will not cause any control panel and network outage. In some embodiments, the main control panel has a wired and/or wireless connection to a cellular network, a backhaul network, the Internet, an extranet, and/or a network in communication with the Internet. In some embodiments, the main controller is located outside the building. In some embodiments, the master controller is located in the cloud.

The control panel may include gateways to the horizontal data plane. In some embodiments, the control panel is configured to communicate with nodes on a horizontal data plane via (eg, coaxial) cables. In some embodiments, the control panel is configured to communicate with nodes on a horizontal data plane via (eg, twisted pair copper) cables. Control panels can be configured to implement linear, star or circular network topologies. The control panel can be configured to implement point-to-multipoint communication. The control plane can be configured to communicate with one or more targets (eg, nodes) on the horizontal and/or vertical data plane using specific entity and/or link layer protocols (such as the G.hn protocol and/or MoCA) . The G.hn protocol allows data transfer over any wired medium. Data rates within the G.hn agreement can range from about 100 megabits/sec up to about 1.7 Gb/sec. The G.hn protocol can utilize signals from about 2 MHz to 200 MHz. The G.hn protocol as implemented herein can tolerate defective cables (eg, such as those created by tapping bus lines to branch lines, such as via distribution junctions).

In some embodiments, the control panel includes at least one communication headend. For example, the control panel may include MoCA and/or G.hn headends. The head-end may be configured to determine the physical topology of the horizontal and/or vertical data planes based at least in part on the contours of the (eg, power) spectrum provided at the head-end. Gaps in the power spectrum can be created by nodes on the network. The size and location of the gaps in the power spectrum may correspond to the physical topology of the network served by the headend. A communication (eg, G.hn) head-end may be configured to identify the portion of the spectrum it is configured to use for communication, eg, to avoid accidental use of a low power portion of the spectrum. In some embodiments, communication (eg, G.hn) data is transmitted on the horizontal and/or vertical data plane in a point-to-multipoint fashion. In some embodiments, the master (G.hn headend) transmits data to multiple slave nodes (end nodes on the horizontal and/or vertical data plane). In some embodiments, slave nodes do not communicate directly with each other. In some embodiments, slave nodes communicate directly between them.

In some embodiments, (eg, horizontal) data plane infrastructure (including, for example, control panels, cabling such as coaxial cables, and network adapters) is used to provide power to nodes on the network. In some embodiments, power (eg, provided at about 48 volts DC) is injected into the cable used for the (eg, horizontal) data plane (eg, coaxial cable). In some embodiments, the control panel includes a power manager. The power manager can be configured to control the distribution of power to individual network adapters and/or end nodes on the network. Individual network adapters or other nodes may be powered according to protocols implemented in the power manager. In some agreements, end nodes are not allowed to draw power whenever they want. Various criteria can be used to decide when and/or how much power should be delivered to individual nodes or network adapters on the network. Such criteria may include, for example, ensuring that the total delivered power on the system does not exceed some threshold value, such as the threshold value set for a particular electrical standard in the jurisdiction (eg, a Class 2 network system 100 in the United States). W). In some embodiments, one or more end nodes connected to the network are not allowed to draw power (or are allowed to draw only a limited amount of power) until they have negotiated power with the power manager. A power manager (or other network component) may form a virtual network with end nodes for power negotiation and/or network authentication purposes.

In some embodiments, the power management protocol employs a defined set of communications between the power manager and one or more network adapters or nodes. For example, requests for power may be issued by a network adapter, while requests for information may be issued by a power manager. Data containing the time and/or conditions of the power transfer may be sent from the power manager prior to the actual transfer of power. In some embodiments, such communication is provided using a (eg, G.hn) communication protocol. Power over Ethernet can be implemented using its own protocol. In some embodiments, the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) is employed to provide power management related communications, whether or not the Power over Ethernet protocol is used.

FIG. 7 depicts an example of a control panel 700 . The control panel 700 includes a pair of switches 701 and 702 . Switches 701 and 702 are coupled to fiber 710 . Fiber 710 can be connected to other control panels in the network (either on the same floor of the building or on other floors). Optical fiber 710 may include fibers such as 204, 213, 215, and 217 of FIG. 2, for example. Switches 701 and 702 are also coupled to Ethernet cable 712 . Ethernet cable 712 is coupled to devices (eg, disposed on the floor of control panel 700 ) and control components within control panel 700 . The control panel 700 further includes a floor controller 703 . Floor controller 703 may control a plurality of local (eg, window and/or sensor) controllers (eg, see discussion of network controller 106 of FIG. 1 ). The control panel 700 further includes first and second communication (referred to simply as "communication" in FIG. 7 , eg, G.hn) headends 704 and 705 . Communication heads 704 and 705 are coupled to a plurality of network bus cables 714, which may be coaxial cables. The communication heads 704 and 705 can provide power (eg, DC) and a plurality of distinguishable time-varying signals (eg, simultaneously) through the network bus cable 714 . Network bus cables include (eg, coaxial) power and/or communication cables 259, 261, and 263 of FIG. 2, for example. Communication heads 704 and 705 may include, for example, preamplifiers and/or amplifiers. The control panel 700 further includes a power distribution unit (PDU) 706 . PDU 706 may function as a power strip for network connections. Control components within control panel 700 , including switches 701 and 702 , floor controllers 703 , and/or communication heads 704 and 705 , can receive power through PDU 706 . PDU 706 may provide remote network-based monitoring of power usage by connected targets (eg, devices). PDU 706 may provide remote network-based control of (eg, electronic) power distribution for individual power targets (eg, components). Thus, PDU 706 can be used to remotely turn on and off (individually or in any combination) various targets (eg, components) that receive power through 706 .

In certain embodiments, an enclosure (eg, a building) may include edge distribution boxes distributed throughout the enclosure. The edge distribution frame may include one or more antennas, modems, and/or one or more radios configured to provide wireless communication connections to at least a portion of the enclosure. Edge distribution frames (abbreviated herein as "EDF") may be coupled to control panels (eg, control panels on individual floors). The edge distribution box may be in electrical and/or data communication with the control panel. As an example, one or more (eg, combination) cables may be provided that include current conductor communication cables and/or one or more optical fibers. The current conductors can carry power (eg, from the control panel to the edge distribution frame). Current conductor communication cables and/or fiber optics can carry analog signals and/or digital data between the control panel and the edge distribution frame. The edge distribution frame may provide wireless communication capabilities (eg, including cellular communication and/or Wi-Fi®) in its vicinity. The edge distribution frame can form a network (eg, on some or all floors of a building) that can be interconnected with other cabling networks (eg, coaxial cables for cabling networks that provide wired and/or wireless connections) overlapping.

8 depicts an example of an enclosure 800 (eg, a floor of a building) including a network of edge distribution frames (EDFs). As shown in the example of FIG. 8, a network of EDFs 802a-e may be distributed across an enclosure (eg, floors of a building). EDFs 802a-e may include antennas, modems, and/or radios, and may provide wireless connections (eg, cellular and/or Wi-Fi® connections) to detect Signal. The EDFs 802a-e may be in electrical and/or data communication with the control panel 800. EDFs 802a-e are coupled to control panel 850 via respective cables 802a-e. Links (eg, cables) 804a-e may be composite cables (eg, coaxial cables or a combination of cables and one or more optical fibers) that include current-carrying conductors and data communications, thus providing power and data connections to EDFs 802a-e . As shown in Figure 8, the enclosure includes other cabling networks, which may include coaxial cable-based networks. In particular, the enclosure includes (eg, coaxial) cables 806a-c that provide a connection to an end target (eg, device 808). (eg, coaxial) cables 806a-c are dispersed throughout at least some (eg, all) of the enclosure, with their receiving areas spatially overlapping a portion of the service area of EDFs 802a-e. FIG. 8 depicts a remote radio head (RRH) 810. The remote radio head may be, by way of example, a cellular antenna or radio mounted to the outside of the enclosure. The remote radio head can thereby provide a connection to the network outside the enclosure. RRH 810 may be connected to control panel 850 via ID 812 and link (eg, cable) 814 . Links (eg, cables) 814 may be composite cables, including current-carrying conductors and/or communication transmission cables, such as coaxial cables or fiber optics. ID 812 may include radios, amplifiers, preamplifiers, switches, and/or other network devices that support RRH 810.

A building's communication network may include a vertically oriented network portion (eg, a vertical data plane) that connects network components on multiple floors. As an example, network components may include control panels disposed on separate floors, while vertical data planes may redundantly connect the control panels together.

An example of a vertically oriented network 900 with redundancy is shown in FIG. 9 . In the example of Figure 9, control panels 901a-901d are each located on different floors of the building, and the control panels are redundantly interconnected. In particular, control panel 901a is connected to control panels 901b and 901d, control panel 901b is connected to control panels 901a and 901c, control panel 901c is connected to control panels 901d and 901b, and control panel 901d is connected to control panels 901a and 901b 901c. Some or all of the connections between the control panels are inherently redundant (eg, formed from a pair of optical fibers (or other cabling media)). The network 900 also includes a unit modem 902 which connects the network to the external cellular network. Network 900 includes redundant connections to infrastructure 904 (eg, another network, whether internal or external to the enclosure in which network 900 is configured).

In some embodiments, a network may have multiple control panels on multiple building floors. Thus, a single floor can have a horizontal data plane (eg, a network of coaxial bus lines and edge data frames) served by two or more control panels. An example of such a configuration is shown in FIG. 10 . As shown in Figure 10, the first floor of the building includes control panels 1001a and 1001b, which are coupled together in a pair of lines (eg, optical fibers) to provide redundancy. The second floor of the building includes control panels 1001c and 1001d, the third floor of the building includes control panels 1001e and 1001f, and the fourth floor of the building includes control panels 1001g and 1001h. Control panels 1001a-h are coupled to infrastructure 1004 (eg, another network, whether inside or outside the enclosure where network 1000 is configured). In Figure 10, a first set of control panels (eg, including control panels 1001a, 1001c, 1001e, and 1001g) form a first vertically oriented network with redundant connections (as shown). A second set of control panels (eg, control panels 1001b, 1001d, 1001f, and 1001h) form a second vertically oriented network with redundant connections (as shown). One advantage of having a vertical connection configured in the manner of Figure 10 is that the connection of its two sets of control panels can be established in separate risers within the building.

Additional configurations of network infrastructure are shown in the examples of Figures 11A, 11B, and 11C. Figure 11A shows an example where control panels 1101a-d are connected together using redundant loops. In particular, there are two vertically linked between control panels on adjacent floors and two vertically linked between control panels on the top and bottom floors. Additionally, the control panel 1101a is redundantly connected to the infrastructure 1104 (eg, another network, whether inside or outside the enclosure where the network 900 is configured). The first floor of the building includes control panel 1101a, the second floor of the building includes control panel 1101b, the third floor of the building includes control panel 1101c, and the fourth floor of the building includes control panel 1101d. Figure 11B shows an example where each floor of a building includes two control panels and there are two redundant loops in the vertical data plane. In particular, control panels 1102a-d are connected together in a first redundant loop, while control panels 1102e-h are connected together in a second redundant loop. The first floor of the building includes control panels 1102a and 1102e, the second floor of the building includes control panels 1102b and 1102f, the third floor of the building includes control panels 1102c and 1102g, and the fourth floor of the building includes control panel 1102d and 1102h. Control panels 1102a-d are redundantly connected to infrastructure 1104. Control panels 1102e-h are redundantly connected to infrastructure 1104. Control panels 1102e-h are redundantly connected to control panels 1102a-d. Figure 11C shows an example where each floor of a building includes two control panels, with one redundant loop in the vertical data channel, and one redundant loop on some (eg, all) floors of the building. In particular, the control panels 1103a-d are connected together in redundant loops in the vertical data plane. In addition, control panel pairs 1103a and 1103e, 1103b and 1103f, 1103c and 1103g, and 1103d and 1103h are connected together in respective redundant loops in the horizontal data plane. The first floor of the building includes control panels 1103a and 1103e, the second floor of the building includes control panels 1103b and 1103f, the third floor of the building includes control panels 1103c and 1103g, and the fourth floor of the building includes control panel 1103d and 1103h. Control panel 1102a is redundantly connected to both control panel 1103e and infrastructure 1104; control panel 1103b is redundantly connected to control panel 1103f and infrastructure 1104; control panel 1103c is redundantly connected to control panel 1103g and infrastructure and the control panel 1103d is redundantly connected to the control panel 1103h and the infrastructure 1104. In various embodiments, the network infrastructure supports a control system of one or more windows, such as electrochromic (eg, color-changing) windows. The control system may include operatively coupled (eg, directly or indirectly) to a One or more controllers for one or more windows. Although the disclosed embodiments describe electrochromic windows (also referred to herein as "optically switchable windows," "color-changing windows," or "smart windows"), the The disclosed concepts can be applied to other types of switchable optical devices, including, for example, liquid crystal devices, or suspended particle devices. For example, liquid crystal devices and/or suspended particle devices can be implemented in place of (or in addition to) electrochromic devices device.

In some embodiments, a color-changing window exhibits a (eg, controllable and/or reversible) change in at least one optical property of the window, eg, when a stimulus is applied. Stimulation may include optical, electrical and/or magnetic stimulation. For example, stimulation may include an applied voltage. One or more color-changing windows may be used to control lighting and/or glare conditions, eg, by modulating the transmission of solar energy propagating therethrough. One or more color-changing windows may be used to control the temperature within the building, for example, by regulating the transmission of solar energy propagating therethrough. Control of solar energy can control the thermal load imposed on the interior of a facility (eg, a building). Control can be manual and/or automatic. Controls may be used to maintain one or more desired (eg, environmental) conditions, eg, occupant comfort. Controls may include reducing energy consumption of heating, ventilation, air conditioning and/or lighting systems. At least two of heating, ventilation, and air conditioning may be initiated by separate systems. At least two of heating, ventilation, and air conditioning can be initiated by one system. Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning can be initiated by a single system (referred to herein as "HVAC"). In some cases, the color-changing window may be responsive to one or more environmental sensors and/or user controls. The color-changing window can include (eg, can be) an electrochromic window. The windows may be located in a structure (eg, a facility; eg, a building) ranging from the interior to the exterior. However, this is not necessarily the case. Color-changing windows can be operated using liquid crystal devices, suspended particle devices, micro-electromechanical systems (MEMS) devices (such as, for example, micro-shutters), or any currently known or later developed technology that is configured to be controlled through the window light transmission. Windows with MEMS devices for color changing are described in US Patent Application Serial No. 14/443,353, filed on May 15, 2015, and entitled "Multi-Window Including Electrochromic Devices and Electromechanical System Devices," which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some cases, one or more color-changing windows may be located within the interior of the building, eg, between a conference room and a hallway. In some cases, one or more color-changing windows may be used in automobiles, trains, airplanes, and other vehicles, eg, in place of passive and/or non-color-changing windows.

In some embodiments, the color-changing window comprises an electrochromic device (referred to herein as an "EC device" (abbreviated herein as ECD), or "EC"). The EC device may comprise at least one coating comprising at least one layer. At least one layer may contain an electrochromic material. In some embodiments, the electrochromic material exhibits a change from one optical state to another, eg, when a potential is applied across the EC device. Conversion of the electrochromic layer from one optical state to another can be, for example, by reversible, semi-reversible or irreversible ion insertion into the electrochromic material (eg, via intercalation) and charge balancing electrons caused by the corresponding injection. For example, the transition of an electrochromic layer from one optical state to another optical state can be caused, for example, by reversible ion insertion into the electrochromic material (eg, via intercalation) and corresponding injection of charge-balancing electrons . Reversible may be for the expected useful life of the ECD. Semi-reversible refers to a measurable (eg, noticeable) degradation of the reversibility of hue encompassing one or more windows of color change cycles. In some instances, a small fraction of the ions responsible for photoconversion are irreversibly bound in electrochromism (eg, and thus the induced (altered) hue state of the window is irreversible to its original hue state. ). In various EC devices, at least some (eg, all) of the irreversibly bound ions can be used to compensate for "blind charge" in the material (eg, ECD).

In some embodiments, suitable ions include cations. Cations can include lithium ions (Li+) and/or hydrogen ions (H+) (ie, protons). In some embodiments, other ions may be suitable. Intercalation of cations can be as (eg, metal) oxides. Changes in the intercalation of ions (eg, cations) into the oxide can induce a visible change in the hue (eg, color) of the oxide. For example, oxides can transition from a colorless to a colored state. For example, intercalation of lithium ions into tungsten oxide (WO _3-y (0 < y ≤ ~0.3)) can cause tungsten oxide to change from a transparent state to a colored (eg, blue) state. The EC device coatings described herein are located within the visible portion of the color-changing window so that the color change of the EC device coating can be used to control the optical state of the color-changing window.

An example of an electrochromic device fabricated without depositing a unique ionic conductor material can be found in US Patent Application No. 13/462,725, filed on May 2, 2012 and entitled "Electrochromic Device," which is fully Incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, the EC device coating may include one or more additional layers, such as one or more passive layers. Passive layers can be used to enhance certain optical properties, provide humidity, and/or provide scratch resistance. These and/or other passive layers are suitable for hermetically sealing the EC stack (eg, 1220). Various layers, including transparent conductive layers, may be treated with anti-reflective and/or protective layers (eg, oxide and/or nitride layers).

In certain embodiments, the electrochromic device is configured to cycle (eg, substantially) reversibly between a clear state and a colored state. Reversible is available for the expected lifetime of the ECD. The expected useful life may be at least about 5, 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, or 100 years. The expected useful life can be any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 5 years to about 100 years, from about 5 years to about 50 years, or from about 50 years to about 100 years). A potential can be applied to the electrochromic stack such that available ions in the stack can cause the electrochromic material to be in a colored state, primarily residing in the counter electrode, when the window is in a first hue state (eg, clear). When the potential applied to the electrochromic stack is reversed, ions can be transported across the ionically conductive layer to the electrochromic material and cause the material to enter a second hue state (eg, a colored state).

It should be understood that references to transitions between clear and colored states are not limiting, and in many instances only one example in which an electrochromic transition can be implemented is suggested. Unless otherwise indicated herein, whenever a reference is made to a clear-colored transition, the corresponding device or procedure includes other optical state transitions, such as non-reflective-reflective and/or transparent-opaque. In some embodiments, the terms "clear" and "discolored" refer to an optically neutral state, eg, non-colored, transparent, and/or translucent. In some embodiments, the "color" or "hue" of an electrochromic transition is not limited to any wavelength or range of wavelengths. Selection of the appropriate electrochromic material and counter electrode material can affect the associated optical transition (eg, from a colored state to a non-colored state).

In certain embodiments, at least a portion (eg, all) of the materials that make up the electrochromic stack are inorganic, solid (eg, in a solid state), or both inorganic and solid. Because various organic materials tend to degrade over time, especially when exposed to heat and ultraviolet light (eg, color-changing architectural windows), inorganic materials offer the advantage of reliable electrochromic stacks that function over long periods of time. In some embodiments, the material in the solid state may provide the advantages of minimizing contamination and minimizing leakage problems, as sometimes the material in the liquid state has these problems. One or more layers in the stack may contain some organic material (eg, measurable material). The ECD or any portion thereof (eg, one or more layers) may contain little or no measurable organic matter. The ECD or any portion thereof (eg, one or more layers) may contain one or more liquids which may be present in small amounts. Small amounts can be up to about 100 ppm, 10 ppm, or 1 ppm of ECD. Solid state materials may be deposited (or otherwise formed) using one or more procedures employing liquid compositions, such as certain procedures employing sol-gel, physical vapor deposition, and/or chemical vapor deposition.

In some embodiments, the IGU includes two (or more) substantially transparent substrates. For example, an IGU may include two panes of glass. At least one substrate of the IGU can include an electrochromic device disposed thereon. One or more panes of the IGU may have a splitter disposed therebetween. The IGU may be a hermetically sealed construction, eg, having an interior region isolated from the surrounding environment. A "window assembly" may include an IGU. A "window assembly" may include (eg, independent) stacks. A "window assembly" may include one or more electrical leads, eg, for connecting to an IGU and/or stack. The electrical leads may operably couple (eg, connect) one or more electrochromic devices to voltage sources, switches, etc., and may include a frame supporting the IGU or stack. A window assembly may include a window controller, and/or a component of a window controller (eg, a base).

In some embodiments, the first pane, the second pane, and/or the IGU are rectangular solids. In some embodiments, other (eg, geometric) shapes are possible. The shape of the first pane, the second pane, and/or the IGU may include circles, ellipses, triangles, curves, protrusions, and/or depressions. The first pane, the second pane, and/or the IGU may include curvature. The first pane, the second pane, and/or the IGU may have no curvature. The first pane, the second pane, and/or the IGU may include one or more straight edge portions. The basic length dimension of the pane may be at least 1 foot (ft), 2 ft, 3 ft, 5 ft, 10 ft, 20 ft, 30 ft, 40 ft, 50 ft, 60 ft, 80 ft, or 100 ft. The FLS of the pane can be at any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 1 ft to about 100 ft, from about 1 ft to about 60 ft, or from about 50 ft to about 100 ft). The basic length scale (abbreviated herein as "FLS") may include length, width, or diameter of a bounding circle. For example, the length "L" of the first pane and/or the second pane may range from at least about 20 inches (in.) to at most about 10 feet (ft.). For example, the width "W" of the first pane and/or the second pane may range from about 20 in. to about 10 ft. The thickness of the pane may be at least about 0.1 millimeter (mm), 0.2 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 1 mm, 5 mm, 10 mm, 20 mm, or 50 mm. The thickness of the pane can be any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 0.1 mm to about 50 mm, from about 0.1 mm to about 1 mm, from about 0.5 mm to about 20 mm, or from about 10 mm to about 50 mm). For example, the thickness "T" of the first pane and/or the second pane may range from 0.3 millimeters (mm) to about 10 mm. Other FLS (eg, length, or width) or thickness (regardless of size) may (eg, upon request) be based at least in part on the needs of a particular user, manager, administrator, builder, architect, and/or owner . In instances where the thickness T of the substrate is less than about 3 mm (eg, it is a thin substrate), the substrate may be laminated, eg, to an additional substrate. Additional substrates can be thicker. Additional substrates protect thin substrates. Additionally, while an IGU may include two panes, in some embodiments, an IGU may include three or more panes. In some embodiments, one or more panes may be a stack of two, three, or more layers (or sub-panes).

In some embodiments, the first and second panes are separated from each other by at least one spacer, eg, to form an inner volume. The spacer may comprise a frame structure. In some embodiments, the inner volume is filled with a gas (eg, argon (Ar)). In some embodiments, the inner volume may be filled with another gas, such as another inert gas (eg, krypton (Kr), xenon (Xn), another (non-inert) gas), a non-reactive gas (eg, nitrogen) , or a gas mixture (eg, air). Filling the inner volume with gas reduces conductive heat transfer through the IGU. Gases can have low thermal conductivity. Gas improves sound insulation. A gas may have an increased atomic weight relative to a gas (eg, air) in the surrounding environment. In some other embodiments, the inner volume may be evacuated with gas. The inner volume may contain reduced pressure compared to ambient pressure. The gas composition and/or pressure of the inner volume may be different from the gas composition and/or pressure in the surrounding environment (eg, outside the IGU). One or more spacers may determine (at least in part) the height of the inner volume (eg, 1308); that is, the extent of the separation between the first and second panes. The FLS of the spacer can be at least about 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 10 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm, 30 mm, 35 mm, or 40 mm. The FLS of the spacer can have any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 4 mm to about 25 mm, from about 20 mm to about 40 mm, or from about 4 mm to about 40 mm). In some embodiments, the spacing between the first pane and the second pane is in a range from about 6 mm to about 30 mm. The width of the spacers (eg, "D" in Figure 2A) can range from about 5 mm to about 25 mm (although other widths are possible and desirable).

At least one spacer can be a frame structure formed around multiple (eg, all) sides of the IGU (eg, the top, bottom, left, and right sides of the IGU). The spacers may be formed of foam and/or plastic materials. The spacer may comprise a polymer. The spacers may comprise elemental metals or metal alloys. The spacers may comprise tube or channel structures. The spacer can have at least 3 sides. The spacers can have at least two sides (eg, configured for sealing of each electrochromic pane). The spacer can have at least one side configured to support and/or separate the electrochromic panes. The spacer can have at least one side configured to support a surface on which the encapsulant is applied (eg, between the spacer and the electrochromic pane). The first primary seal may be adhered to the spacer. The first primary seal can hermetically seal the spacer and the second surface (eg, S2 of FIG. 13 ) of the first pane (eg, 1304 ). The second primary seal can adhere to and/or hermetically seal the spacer and the first surface (eg, S3 of FIG. 13 ) of the second pane (eg, 1306 ). In some embodiments, the primary seal may comprise an adhesive sealant such as, for example, polyisobutylene (PIB). In some embodiments, the IGU includes a secondary seal that (eg, hermetically) seals the perimeter around the IGU. The secondary seal may be disposed outside the spacer. Spacers can be inserted from the edges of the first and second panes, for example, which can range from about 4 mm to about 8 mm (although other distances are possible and desirable). In some embodiments, the secondary seal may comprise an adhesive sealant, such as, for example, a polymeric material. The spacer material is waterproof. Spacer materials can add structural support to the combination. The spacer material may comprise silicone, polyurethane, Teflon, or structural sealants, which form a watertight seal.

In some embodiments, one or more controllers are operatively coupled to the window. One or more controllers can be associated (eg, operatively coupled) with the one or more color-changing windows. One or more controllers can be configured to control the optical state of the window, eg, by applying a stimulus to the window. Stimulation may include voltage and/or current, eg, for EC device coatings. One or more controllers can have various sizes, formats, and positions relative to the optically switchable windows they control. At least one controller can be attached to the electrochromic pane of the IGU or a stack thereof. At least one controller may be configured in a frame (eg, it is housed in an IGU or stack). At least one controller may be configured in a location separate from the IGU (or stack thereof). A color-changing window can include one, two, three, or more electrochromic panes (eg, electrochromic devices on a transparent substrate). The electrochromic individual panes may include an electrochromic coating, eg, which has individual color-changing regions. At least one controller can control at least two (eg, all) of the electrochromic coatings associated with the window, whether the electrochromic coatings are monolithic or zoned.

In some embodiments, the window controller is located adjacent to the color-changing window (eg, when attached indirectly to the color-changing window, IGU, or frame). For example, the window controller may be adjacent to the window, on the surface of one of the window's electrochromic panes, within the wall immediately following the window (eg, adjacent to and/or touching the window's wall), or within the window combination. inside the box. In some embodiments, the window controller is an in-situ controller. In some embodiments, the portion of the window (eg, including the IGU or stack) is controlled in situ. In situ the controller may not need to be matched with the electrochromic window. The in situ controller may be installed in the field (eg, the target location). In situ the controller can be moved from the factory with the window (eg, as part of a combination). The in situ controller may be mounted in the sash of the window assembly, and/or may be part of the IGU (and/or stack) assembly. For example, the controller may be mounted on the panes of the IGU, or between panes. For example, the controller may be configured on the panes of the stack. The controller may be a controller located on a visible portion of the IGU. At least a portion of the controller may be (eg, substantially) transparent to the eye of the average human. A further example of a controller is provided in US Patent Application Serial No. 14/951,410, filed November 14, 2015, entitled "Self-Contained EC IGU," which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The localized controller may be provided (i) as more than one part (eg, part), (ii) having at least one part (eg, including a memory element that stores information related to the electrochromic window), (iii) Provided as part of a window assembly, and/or (iv) at least a portion thereof is separate. The controller can be configured to mate with the window assembly, the IGU, and/or at least a portion of the stack. The controller may be a combination of interconnected parts. The interconnection portion may not be configured in a single housing. The interconnected portion of the controller may be configured to be separated (eg, in a secondary seal of the IGU). The controller can form a small unit. Small units are available in a single housing. A small unit may reside in two or more separate components in which it is combined (eg, a base and housing combination). The controller may be configured in an area that may or may not be visible to occupants of the enclosure in which the controller is located.

In one embodiment, the window controller is incorporated into or onto (i) the IGU and/or (ii) the window frame. The controller can be incorporated before, during and/or after installation of the color-changing window at its target location. The controller (eg, of a window) may be configured in the same facility (eg, a building) as the window. For example, the controller may be incorporated into or onto the IGU and/or window frame prior to leaving the window and/or controller manufacturing facility. In one embodiment, the controller is incorporated into the IGU (eg, substantially within the secondary seal). In another embodiment, the controller is incorporated into or onto the IGU, partially, substantially, or completely within the perimeter defined by the primary seal. The perimeter can be between the sealed separator and the substrate (eg, an electrochromic pane).

The controller may be part of the IGU and/or window assembly. For example, the controller may move with the IGU or window unit. When the controller is part of an IGU assembly, the IGU may possess the logic and features of the controller.

In some embodiments, one or more properties of the electrochromic device change over time (eg, through degradation). The characterization function may be used at least in part, for example, to update one or more control parameters for directing changes in the hue state of the IGU. If installed in an electrochromic window unit, the logic and features of the controller can be used (at least in part) to calibrate one or more control parameters to match the desired installation. If installed, the control parameters can be recalibrated to match one or more performance characteristics of the electrochromic device.

In other embodiments, the controller is not pre-associated with the window. A base assembly (eg, having a portion common to any electrochromic window) can be associated with at least one (eg, each) window at the factory (eg, where the controller and/or window construction is produced). After and/or during window installation (or at a target location (eg, in a field)), the second component of the controller can be combined with the base component, eg, to complete the electrochromic window controller assembly. The base assembly may include circuitry. The base assembly may include a wafer. The wafer can be programmed at the factory. Programming of the wafer may take into account (eg, take into account) one or more physical properties and/or parameters of the particular window on which the susceptor is attached. For example, on a surface that will face the interior of a building after installation, sometimes referred to as surface 4 or "S4". A second component (referred to as a "carrier," "housing," or "housing") can mate with the base. Once the second component is mated to the base, it can be powered. The second component can be configured to read the wafer. The second component may configure itself to power the window, eg, according to a particular one or more characteristics and/or parameters stored on the chip. The transit window may require (eg, only) one or more of its associated properties and/or parameters stored on the wafer. The chip can be integrated with the window. More complex circuits (eg, compared to chips) and/or components can be incorporated later with the controller-window combination. For example, more complex circuits and/or components may be (i) shipped separately from the window, base, and/or second component, and/or (ii) installed by the window manufacturer, where (a) the glass worker has installed the window and/or (b) after being commissioned by the window manufacturer. In some embodiments, the die is included in wiring or wiring connectors (referred to herein as "pigtails"). Wiring or wiring connections can be attached to the window controller.

The term "outside" is understood herein to refer to a location closer to the outside environment, while the term "inside" is understood herein to refer to a location closer to the interior of a building. For example, in the case of an IGU with two panes, the pane closer to the outside environment is referred to as the outer pane or outer pane, and the pane closer to the interior of the building is referred to as the inner pane or inner pane . As depicted with respect to the example shown in Figure 13, the different surfaces of the IGU may be referred to as Sl, S2, S3, and S4 (assuming a dual pane IGU). S1 refers to the outwardly facing surface of the outer electrochromic pane (eg, the surface that can be physically touched by someone standing outside). S2 refers to the inner facing surface of the outer electrochromic pane. S3 refers to the outwardly facing surface of the inner electrochromic pane. S4 refers to the inwardly facing surface of the inner electrochromic pane (eg, the surface that can be physically touched by someone standing inside the building). In other words, the surfaces are labeled S1-S4, starting from the outermost surface of the IGU and counting inwards. In the case where the IGU includes three panes, this trend holds. In some embodiments employing two panes, an electrochromic device (or other optically switchable device) is configured on S3. In certain embodiments, one or more surfaces have structures for blocking transmission of electromagnetic radiation. The IGU may include a shield stack of multiple conductive layers, eg, on an interior surface such as S3 of FIG. 13 . Additional aspects of the shield stack structure are presented in US Patent Application Serial No. 15/709,339, filed September 19, 2017, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Examples of window controllers and features thereof are presented in US Patent Application Serial No. 13/449,248, filed April 17, 2012, entitled "Controller for Optically Switchable Windows"; filed on April 17, 2012 US Patent Application Serial No. 13/449,251, filed on 17th, entitled "Controller for Optically Switchable Windows"; US Patent Application Serial No. 15/334,835, filed on October 26, 2016, entitled "Controller for Optical Switchable Device"; and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US17/20805, filed on March 3, 2017, entitled "Method of Commissioning Electrochromic Window", each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. FIG. 12 shows an example of a schematic cross-section of an electrochromic device 1200 according to some embodiments shown in FIG. 12 . The EC device coating is attached to the substrate 1202, transparent conductive layer (TCL) 1204, electrochromic layer (EC) 1206 (sometimes also referred to as cathodic coloring layer or cathodic color changing layer), ionically conductive layer or region ( IC) 1208, a counter electrode layer (CE) 1210 (also sometimes referred to as an anodic coloring layer or an anodic color changing layer), and a second TCL 1214. Elements 1204 , 1206 , 1208 , 1210 and 1214 are collectively referred to as electrochromic stack 1220 . A voltage source 1216 operable to apply a potential across the electrochromic stack 1220 achieves transition of the electrochromic coating from, for example, a clear state to a colored state. In other embodiments, the order of the layers is reversed relative to the substrate. That is, the layers are in the following order: substrate, TCL, counter electrode layer, ion conductive layer, electrochromic material layer, TCL. In various embodiments, the ion conductor region (eg, 1208) may be formed from a portion of the EC layer (eg, 1206) and/or from a portion of the CE layer (eg, 1210). In such embodiments, the electrochromic stack (eg, 1220) may be deposited to include a cathodically colored electrochromic material (EC layer) in direct physical contact with an anodically colored counter electrode material (CE layer). Ionic conductor regions (sometimes referred to as interface regions, or ionically conductive substantially electrically insulating layers or regions) can be formed where the EC layer meets the CE layer, eg, by heating and/or other processing steps. Examples of electrochromic devices (eg, including those fabricated without depositing unique ionic conductor materials) can be found in US Patent Application No. 13/462,725, filed on May 2, 2012 and entitled "Electrochromic Devices". , which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the EC device coating may include one or more additional layers, such as one or more passive layers. Passive layers can be used to enhance certain optical properties, provide humidity, and/or provide scratch resistance. These and/or other passive layers are suitable for hermetically sealing the EC stack 1220. Various layers, including transparent conductive layers, such as 1204 and 1214, may be treated with anti-reflective and/or protective layers (eg, oxide and/or nitride layers).

In certain embodiments, the electrochromic device is configured to cycle (eg, substantially) reversibly between a clear state and a colored state. Reversible is available for the expected lifetime of the ECD. The expected useful life may be at least about 5, 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, or 100 years. The expected useful life can be any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 5 years to about 100 years, from about 5 years to about 50 years, or from about 50 years to about 100 years). A potential can be applied to the electrochromic stack (eg, 1220) such that available ions in the stack can cause the electrochromic material (eg, 1206) to be in a colored state, primarily residing in the counter electrode (eg, 1210) , when the window is in the first hue state (eg, clear). When the potential applied to the electrochromic stack is reversed, ions can be transported across the ionically conductive layer (eg, 1208) to the electrochromic material and cause the material to enter a second hue state (eg, a colored state).

It should be understood that references to transitions between clear and colored states are not limiting, and in many instances only one example in which an electrochromic transition can be implemented is suggested. Unless otherwise indicated herein, whenever a reference is made to a clear-colored transition, the corresponding device or procedure includes other optical state transitions, such as non-reflective-reflective and/or transparent-opaque. In some embodiments, the terms "clear" and "discolored" refer to an optically neutral state, eg, non-colored, transparent, and/or translucent. In some embodiments, the "color" or "hue" of an electrochromic transition is not limited to any wavelength or range of wavelengths. Selection of the appropriate electrochromic material and counter electrode material can affect the associated optical transition (eg, from a colored state to a non-colored state).

In certain embodiments, at least a portion (eg, all) of the materials that make up the electrochromic stack are inorganic, solid (eg, in a solid state), or both inorganic and solid. Because various organic materials tend to degrade over time, especially when exposed to heat and ultraviolet light (eg, color-changing architectural windows), inorganic materials offer the advantage of reliable electrochromic stacks that function over long periods of time. In some embodiments, the material in the solid state may provide the advantages of minimizing contamination and minimizing leakage problems, as sometimes the material in the liquid state has these problems. One or more layers in the stack may contain some organic material (eg, measurable material). The ECD or any portion thereof (eg, one or more layers) may contain little or no measurable organic matter. The ECD or any portion thereof (eg, one or more layers) may contain one or more liquids which may be present in small amounts. Small amounts can be up to about 100 ppm, 10 ppm, or 1 ppm of ECD. Solid state materials may be deposited (or otherwise formed) using one or more procedures employing liquid compositions, such as certain procedures employing sol-gel, physical vapor deposition, and/or chemical vapor deposition.

13 shows an example of a cross-sectional view of a color-changing window implemented in an insulating glass unit ("IGU") 1300, according to some embodiments. The terms "IGU", "color-changing window", and "optically switchable window" are used interchangeably herein. When provided for installation in buildings, it may be desirable for the IGU to function as a basic construct for holding electrochromic panes (also referred to herein as "lites"). IGU electrochromic panes can be constructed of a single substrate or multiple substrates. The electrochromic pane may comprise a laminate, eg, of two substrates. An IGU (eg, having a dual or triple pane configuration) can provide several advantages over a single pane configuration. For example, a multi-pane configuration may provide enhanced thermal isolation, noise isolation, environmental protection, and/or durability when compared to a single-pane configuration. A multi-pane configuration provides added protection to the ECD. For example, an electrochromic thin film (eg, and associated layers and conductive interconnects) can be formed on the inner surface of a multi-pane IGU and protected by an inert gas fill in the inner volume of the IGU (eg, 1308). The inert gas filling can provide at least some (thermal) insulating function to the IGU. Electrochromic IGUs can have thermal blocking capabilities, for example, through color-changing coatings that absorb (and/or reflect) heat and light.

In some embodiments, an "IGU" includes two (or more) substantially transparent substrates. For example, an IGU may include two panes of glass. At least one substrate of the IGU can include an electrochromic device disposed thereon. One or more panes of the IGU may have a splitter disposed therebetween. The IGU may be a hermetically sealed construction, eg, having an interior region isolated from the surrounding environment. A "window assembly" may include an IGU. A "window assembly" may include (eg, independent) stacks. A "window assembly" may include one or more electrical leads, eg, for connecting to an IGU and/or stack. The electrical leads may operably couple (eg, connect) one or more electrochromic devices to voltage sources, switches, etc., and may include a frame supporting the IGU or stack. The window assembly may include a local controller (eg, a window controller), and/or a control component of the local controller (eg, a base).

13 shows an example implementation of an IGU 1300 that includes a first pane 1304 having a first surface S1 and a second surface S2. In some embodiments, the first surface S1 of the first pane 1304 faces the external environment, such as an outdoor or external environment. The IGU 1300 also includes a second pane 1306 having a first surface S3 and a second surface S4. In some embodiments, the second surface (eg, S4 ) of the second pane (eg, 1306 ) faces the interior environment, such as the interior environment of a home, building, vehicle, or its compartment (eg, the enclosure therein body, such as a room). In some embodiments, the first and second panes (eg, 1304 and 1306) are transparent or translucent, eg, at least for light in the visible spectrum. For example, each pane (eg, 1304 and 1306) may be formed of a glass material. Glass materials may include architectural glass, and/or shatterproof glass. The glass may contain silicon oxide (SO _x ). The glass may comprise soda-lime glass or float glass. The glass may contain at least about 75% silica (SiO ₂ ). _The glass may contain oxides such as Na2O or CaO. The glass may contain alkali or alkaline earth oxides. The glass may contain one or more additives. The first and/or second panes may comprise any material having suitable optical, electrical, thermal, and/or mechanical properties. Other materials (eg, substrates) that may be included in the first and/or second panes are plastic, semi-plastic, and/or thermoplastic materials, eg, polymethyl methacrylate, polystyrene, polycarbonate , allyl diethylene glycol carbonate, SAN (styrene acrylonitrile copolymer), poly(4-methyl-1-pentene), polyester, and/or polyimide. The first and/or second panes may include a mirror material (eg, silver). In some embodiments, the first and/or second panes may be enhanced. Strengthening may include tempering, heating, and/or chemical strengthening.

14 shows a schematic example of a computer system 1400 programmed or configured for one or more operations of any of the methods provided herein. The computer system can control (eg, direct, monitor, and/or regulate) various features of the methods, apparatus, and systems of the present disclosure, such as, for example, controlling the heating, cooling, lighting, and/or ventilation of the enclosure, or its any combination. The computer system may be part of, or be in communication with, any of the sensors or sensor series disclosed herein. A computer can be coupled to one or more of the mechanisms disclosed herein, and/or any portion thereof. For example, a computer can be coupled to one or more sensors, valves, switches, lights, windows (eg, IGUs), motors, pumps, optical components, or any combination thereof.

A computer system may include a processing unit (eg, 1406) (also "processor", "computer" and "computer processor" as used herein). A computer system may include memory or memory locations (eg, 1402) (eg, random access memory, ROM, flash memory), electronic storage units (eg, 1404) (eg, hard drives), A communication interface (eg, 1403) (eg, a network adapter) for communicating with one or more other systems, and peripheral devices (eg, 1405) such as cache, other memory, data storage, and/or Electronic Display Adapter. In the example shown in FIG. 14, memory 1402, storage unit 1404, interface 1403, and peripheral devices 1405 communicate with processing unit 1406 through a communication bus (solid line) such as a motherboard. The storage unit may be a data storage unit (or data repository) for storing data. The computer system may be operatively coupled to a computer network ("network") (eg, 1401) by means of a communication interface. A network can be the Internet, the Internet and/or an extranet, or an intranet and/or an extranet that communicates with the Internet. In some cases, the network is a telecommunications and/or data network. The network may include one or more computer servers, which may enable decentralized computing, such as cloud computing. In some cases, peer-to-peer networking may be implemented by means of a network of computer systems, which may enable devices coupled to the computer system to act as clients or servers.

The processing unit can execute a series of machine-readable instructions, which can be implemented in a program or software. These instructions may be stored in a memory location, such as memory 1402 . Instructions can be directed to a processing unit, which can then program or configure the processing unit to implement the methods of the present disclosure. Examples of operations performed by a processing unit may include fetch, decode, execute, and write back. The processing unit may interpret and/or execute the instructions. Processors may include microprocessors, data processors, central processing units (CPUs), graphics processing units (GPUs), system-on-chips (SOCs), co-processors, network processors, application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs) , Application Specific Instruction Set Processor (ASIP), controller, Programmable Logic Device (PLD), Chipset, Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), or any combination thereof. The processing unit may be part of a circuit, such as an integrated circuit. One or more of the other electronic components of system 1400 may be included in the circuit.

The storage unit can store files such as drivers, libraries and saved programs. The storage unit may store user data (eg, user preferences and user programs). In some cases, the computer system may include one or more additional data storage units external to the computer system, such as on a remote server that communicates with the computer system through an intranet or the Internet.

The computer system can communicate with one or more remote computer systems through a network. For example, a computer system can communicate with a remote computer system of a user (eg, an operator). Examples of remote computer systems include personal computers (eg, portable PCs), tablet or tablet PCs (eg, Apple® iPad, Samsung® Galaxy Tab), phones, smart phones (eg, Apple® iPhone, Android-enabled device, BlackBerry®), or personal digital assistant. Users (eg, clients) can access the computer system via the network.

The methods described herein may be implemented by machine (eg, a computer processor) executable code stored on an electronic storage location of a computer system (such as, for example, on memory 1402 or electronic storage unit 1404). Machine-executable or machine-readable code may be provided in the form of software. During use, processor 1406 can execute code. In some cases, the code can be retrieved from the storage unit and stored in memory for easy access by the processor at any time. In some cases, an electronic storage unit may be excluded, and machine-executable instructions stored on memory.

The code may be precompiled and configured for use with a machine having a processor adapted to execute the code, or it may be compiled at runtime. The code can be supplied in a programming language, which can be selected to enable the code to execute in a precompiled or as compiled manner.

In some embodiments, the processor contains code. The code can be a program command. Program instructions may cause at least one processor (eg, a computer) to direct a feedforward and/or feedback control loop. In some embodiments, the program instructions cause at least one processor to direct a closed loop and/or open loop control scheme. The control may be based at least in part on one or more sensor readings (eg, sensor data). A controller can direct complex operations. At least two operations may be directed by different controllers. In some embodiments, a different controller may direct at least two of operations (a), (b), and (c). In some embodiments, a plurality of different controllers may direct operations of at least two of (a), (b), and (c). In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable medium results in at least two of different computer-directed operations (a), (b), and (c). In some embodiments, the plurality of non-transitory computer-readable media result in each different computer-directed operation of at least two of (a), (b), and (c). The controller and/or computer readable medium may refer to any device or component thereof disclosed herein. The controller and/or computer readable medium may direct any operation of the methods disclosed herein.

In some embodiments, at least one sensor is operatively coupled to a control system (eg, a computerized control system). Sensors may include light sensors, acoustic sensors, vibration sensors, chemical sensors, electrical sensors, magnetic sensors, mobility sensors, motion sensors, speed sensors, position sensors sensor, pressure sensor, force sensor, density sensor, distance sensor, or proximity sensor. Sensors may include temperature sensors, weight sensors, material (eg, powder) level sensors, metrology sensors, gas sensors, or humidity sensors. Metrology sensors may include measurement sensors (eg, height, length, width, angle, and/or volume). Metrology sensors may include magnetic, acceleration, orientation, or optical sensors. Sensors can transmit and/or receive acoustic (eg, echo), magnetic, electronic, or electromagnetic signals. Electromagnetic signals may include visible light, infrared, ultraviolet, ultrasonic, radio waves, or microwave signals. The gas sensor can sense any of the gases depicted herein. The distance sensor may be a type of metrology sensor. Distance sensors may include optical sensors, or capacitive sensors. Temperature sensors can be included to include: bolometers, bimetals, calorimeters, exhaust gas thermometers, flame detection, Gardon meters, Golay cells, heat flux sensors, infrared thermometers, micro bolometers, microwave radiometers, net radiometers, quartz thermometers, resistance temperature detectors, resistance thermometers, silicon bandgap temperature sensors, special sensors microwave/imagers, thermometers, thermistors, thermocouples, thermometers ( For example, a resistance thermometer), or a pyrometer. The temperature sensor may include an optical sensor. The temperature sensor may include image processing. The temperature sensor may include a camera (eg, IR camera, visible light camera, CCD camera). The sensor may include an array of sensors (eg, an array of IR sensors). The camera and/or sensor array may include at least 2000, 3000, or 4000 pixels in its basic length dimension. The sensor may be configured to detect radio frequencies. The device may include a geolocation device (eg, a device including Bluetooth, GPS, and/or UWV geolocation technology). The sensors may include acoustic sensors. Pressure sensors may include Barograph, barometer, booster gauge, Bourdon gauge, hot filament ionization gauge, ionization gauge, McLough vacuum gauge, oscillating U-tube, permanent downhole Gauge, Piezometer, Pirani gauge, pressure sensor, pressure gauge, tactile sensor, or time pressure gauge. The position sensor may include Auxanometer, Capacitive Displacement Sensor, Capacitive Sensing, Free Fall Sensor, Gravimeter0, Gyro Sensor, Crash Sensor, Inclinometer, Integrated Circuit Piezoelectric Sensors, Laser Distance Meters, Laser Surface Velocimeters, LIDARs, Linear Encoders, Linear Variable Differential Transformers (LVDTs), Liquid Capacitive Inclinometers, Odometers, Photoelectric Sensors, Piezoelectric Accelerometer, Rate Sensor, Rotary Encoder, Rotary Variable Differential Transformer, Synchronizer (Selsyn), Shock Detector, Shock Data Logger, Tilt Sensor, Tachometer, Ultrasonic Thickness Gauge, Variable Magnetic Resistive sensors, or speed receivers. Optical sensors can include charge-coupled devices, colorimeters, contact image sensors, electro-optical sensors, infrared sensors, dynamic inductance detectors, light-emitting diodes Bulk (eg, optical sensor), optically addressable potentiometric sensor, Nichols radiometer, fiber optic sensor, optical position sensor, photodetector, photodiode , photomultiplier tube, phototransistor, photoelectric detector, photoionization detector, photomultiplier, photoresistor, photoelectric switch, photocell, scintillation counter, Shack-Hartmann wavefront sensor (Shack-Hartmann) , single-photon avalanche diodes, superconducting nanowire single-photon detectors, transition edge sensors, visible light photon counters, or wavefront sensors. One or more sensors may be coupled to the control system (eg, to a processor, to a computer).

In some embodiments, the target device and/or the (local) network are configured for radio communication. The target device may include a transceiver. In some embodiments, the transceiver and/or the local network may be configured to transmit and receive one or more signals using a personal area network (PAN) standard (eg, such as IEEE 802.15.4). In some embodiments, the signals may include Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, EnOcean signals (eg, wide bandwidth). The one or more signals may include ultra-wideband (UWB) signals (eg, having frequencies ranging from about 2.4 to about 10.6 Giga Hertz (GHz), or from about 7.5 GHz to about 10.6 GHz. UWB signals may have Signals greater than about 20% partial bandwidth. Ultra-wideband signals may have bandwidths greater than about 500 Mega Hertz (MHz). One or more signals may use very low energy levels in short ranges. Signals (e.g., with radio frequency) ) may employ a spectrum capable of penetrating solid structures (eg, walls, doors, and/or windows). Low power may be up to 25 milliwatts (mW), 50 mW, 75 mW, or 100 mW. Low power may be Any value between the foregoing values (eg, from 25mW to 100mW, from 25mW to 50mW, or from 75mW to 100mW). In some embodiments, a local network (eg, including one or more fixed sensors and /or fixed transceiver) is configured to (I) locate the transient transceiver in real-time, (II) locate the transient transceiver to an accuracy of about 20, 10, or 5 cm or better, (III) ) transmits and senses ultra-broadband radio waves, and/or (IV) is operatively coupled to a control system configured to control a local network in which one or more fixed sensors and/or fixed transceivers are deployed facility.

In some embodiments, the local network incorporates and/or facilitates geolocation technologies (eg, Global Positioning System (GPS), Bluetooth (BLE), Ultra Wide Band (UWB), and/or Termination Reckoning), eg, using micro Position the wafer. Geolocation technology may facilitate determining the location of the source of the signal (eg, the location of a temporary tag including a transceiver that facilitates geolocation technology) to at least 100 centimeters (cm), 75 cm, 50 cm, 25 cm, 20 cm, 10 cm, or 5 cm. In some embodiments, the electromagnetic radiation of the signal comprises ultra-wideband (UWB) radio waves, ultra-high frequency (UHF) radio waves, or radio waves used in global positioning systems (GPS). In some embodiments, the electromagnetic radiation includes electromagnetic waves having a frequency of at least about 300 MHz, 500 MHz, or 1200 MHz. In some embodiments, the signal includes location and/or time data. In some embodiments, the tags utilize Bluetooth, UWB, UHF and/or Global Positioning System (GPS) technology. In some embodiments, the signal has a spatial capacity of at least about 1013 bits per second per square meter (bit/s/m²).

In some embodiments, pulse-based ultra-wideband (UWB) technology (eg, ECMA-368, or ECMA-369) is used for A wireless technology that transmits large amounts of data at low power (eg, less than about 1 millivolt (mW), 0.75 mW, 0.5 mW, or 0.25 mW) within , 200', or 150'). UWB signals may occupy at least about 750 MHz, 500 MHz, or 250 MHz of the bandwidth spectrum, and/or at least about 30%, 20%, or 10% of its center frequency. UWB signals may be transmitted by one or more pulses. Component broadcast digital signal pulses may simultaneously time (eg, precisely) a carrier signal across several frequency channels. Information may be conveyed, for example, by modulating the timing and/or positioning of signals (eg, pulses). Signal information may be transmitted by encoding the polarity of the signal (eg, pulses), its amplitude, and/or by using quadrature signals (eg, pulses). The UWB signal may be a low power information transfer protocol. UWB technology can be used for (eg, indoor) location applications. The broad range of the UWB spectrum includes low frequencies with long wavelengths that allow UWB signals to penetrate a variety of materials, including various building fixtures (eg, walls). A wide frequency range (eg, including low penetration frequencies) may reduce the chance of multipath propagation errors (not wishing to be bound by theory, since some wavelengths may have line-of-sight trajectories). UWB communication signals (eg, pulses) may be short (eg, for pulses of about 600 MHz, 500 MHz, or 400 MHz wide, with at most about 70 cm, 60 cm, or 50 cm; or for pulses with about 1 GHz, 1.2 GHz , 1.3 GHz or 1.5 GHz bandwidth with up to about 20 cm, 23 cm, 25 cm or 30 cm). A short communication signal (eg, pulse) may reduce the chance that the reflected signal (eg, pulse) will overlap the original signal (eg, pulse).

In some embodiments, the building network infrastructure has vertical data planes (between building floors) and horizontal data planes (within a single floor or multiple adjacent floors). The horizontal and vertical data planes may have at least one data carrying capability that is (eg, substantially) similar. The horizontal and vertical data planes may have at least one type of network component that is (eg, substantially) similar. In other cases, the two data planes have different data carrying capabilities. In some cases, the horizontal and vertical data planes have (eg, substantially) the same (or similar) data carrying capabilities and/or types of network components. In other cases, the vertical and horizontal data planes have at least one (eg, all) data carrying capabilities and/or different network components from each other. For example, a vertical data plane may contain network components for fast communication (eg, data transfer) rates and/or bandwidth. Faster communication rates may be at least approximately 1 gigabit per second (Gbit/s), 10 Gbit/s, 50 Gbit/s, 100 Gbit/s, 250 Gbit/s, 500 Gbit/s, 750 Gbit/s , 1 terabit per second (Tbit/s) or 1.125 Tbit/s. The faster communication rate can be any communication rate between the foregoing rates (eg, from about 1 Gbit/s to about 1.125 Tbit/s, from about 1 Gbit/s to about 500 Gbit/s, or from about 250 Gbit/s to about 1.125 Tbit/s).

The descriptions of Figures 15-18 suggest network topologies that may be replaced by topologies proposed by some other embodiments disclosed herein, for example, the network topologies of Figures 15-18 may in some cases consist of a linear bus topology to replace. Control components may be employed for the network topologies described for Figures 15-18 such that the control panel may have functional and/or design elements similar to and/or overlapping with those described in other embodiments presented herein. The data carried and/or the data protocols employed on the topologies of Figures 15-18 may be replaced or supplemented by the data and/or data protocols described in other embodiments presented herein. The data carried and/or the data protocols employed in the topologies of Figures 15-18 may be carried in the frequency ranges described in other embodiments presented herein. To the extent that conductive data-carrying lines (eg, coaxial or twisted pair cables) are used in the network topologies presented in Figures 15-18, vertical and/or horizontal data can be configured such that conductive data-carrying lines Can carry power to end devices, in some embodiments.

Different physical network topologies may be employed to supply power and/or communication data to building devices in a horizontal data plane (such as on a given floor, or multiple (eg, adjacent) floors of a building). For example, Figure 15 shows three possible physical network topologies A, B and C for providing data communication between control panels 1 and building devices 2 disposed around the perimeter of building floor 1503. Dashed lines indicate (eg, high speed) data communication paths provided by fiber optic cables.

Network topology A has a star configuration in which each building device 2 is directly connected to the control panel 1 by dedicated (eg fiber optic cables) links. Network topology A may be easy to design and implement (eg, requiring minimal labor hours and/or cost). Network A facilitates the addition of new building installations to the network. However, a central single control panel can be a single point of failure in the network. If the control panel 1 fails, it may affect the data communication of all the building devices 2 on the floor. Furthermore, the amount of cabling (eg, fiber optic or other cabling) required for the network scales linearly with the number of building devices 2 .

Network topology B has a distributed star (or tree) configuration in which building devices 2 are connected to central control panel 1 via intermediate control panels 1', each intermediate control panel 1' being associated with a plurality of building devices 2 are associated. Compared to topology A, network topology B may reduce the amount of wiring (eg, fiber optic or other cabling) required to provide data communication to each building device 2 in the network. Although the amount of cabling (eg, fiber or other cabling) required for network B scales linearly as more devices are added to the network, the length of cabling required for each additional device in topology B is still less than the topology The length of the wiring in A. Although network topology B incorporates more control planes than network topology A, such that the level of physical redundancy is increased to a certain extent, central control plane 1 still represents a single point of failure in the network.

The network topology C has a linear configuration in which the devices 2 are connected to the central control panel 1 via a linear (eg fiber optic or other cable) busbar. Compared to network topology A, network topology C reduces the amount of wiring required to connect each device 2 to the control panel 1 .

In various embodiments, the ring topology is employed for data communication and/or power wiring on building floors. In some cases, control panels, radios, antennas, and other network components associated with the ring are located in and/or on the exterior structure (or skin) of the building. Similarly, at least some (eg, all) network components of other network topologies described herein may be configured in an enclosure (eg, building) skin. The skin of a building can include various structures that act as the outer structure of the building. The building skin may contain fixtures (eg, walls). Examples include exterior walls of buildings, exterior windows (optionally including optically switchable windows), facades, window framing structures, and the like. In various embodiments, the skin of the building includes mullions, lintels, and/or other structures that may provide internal access for network wiring and/or may provide support for mounting control panels or other network devices surface.

Networking and/or power distribution components deployed on the building skin may provide data communication and/or power distribution functions, such as telecommunications, computing platforms, wired or wireless power to the building, and/or other attributes described herein.

In certain embodiments, at least some (eg, all) of the communication and/or power distribution components are installed during a building (eg, early) construction process (eg, before construction of interior rooms, before installation of exterior windows, or before installing the IT infrastructure, etc.). In some embodiments, at least some (eg, all) of the communication and/or power distribution components are installed after the building construction process has concluded. In certain embodiments, at least some (eg, all) of the communication and/or power distribution components are installed during the occupancy of the building. In some cases, at least a portion of the communication and/or power distribution components are available to builders to facilitate build and installation operations.

In some cases, communication and/or power distribution systems (eg, network systems) originally installed in the building skin are not configured to control some or all building devices, such as sensors, transmitters, and/or Or a color-changing (eg, optically switchable) window. A network system (eg, a controller operatively coupled to) may be configured at a later stage to control such devices. As an example, one supplier provides some or all of the communication and power distribution infrastructure on the building skin; a second supplier provides sensing units and/or optically switchable windows, which are installed into and ultimately controlled by the infrastructure.

16A shows a schematic plan view of the physical network topology of floor 1600 of a building in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention. The floor network includes distributed control panels 1601, 1602, 1603, 1604, 1605, and 1606, which are connected by segments 1607, 1608, 1609, 1610, 1611, and 1612 of primary wiring (eg, fiber optic or other cables) in series with each other to form a primary first wiring (eg, fiber optic or other cable) loop. Each distributed control panel 1601, 1602, 1603, 1604, 1605 and 1606 forms a node in the main ring. The main ring may extend around the floors adjacent to the perimeter of the floors. Each distributed control panel 1601, 1602, 1603, 1604, 1605, and 1606 is also connected to a corresponding second wiring (eg, coaxial or other cable) network branch 1601', 1602', 1603', 1604', 1605' and 1606'. Each second (eg, coaxial or other cable) network branch extends along a respective portion of the perimeter of the building floor. As shown, a given control panel may include two or more branches of secondary wiring (eg, coaxial or other cables), although each of them is not numbered in the figures. The first wiring and the second wiring may be of different wiring types. The first wiring and the second wiring may be (eg, substantially) the same wiring type.

An example second wiring (e.g., coaxial or other cable) network branch 1601&apos; is shown in more detail in FIG. 16B. Network branch 1601' includes branch devices 1613, 1614, 1615, 1616, and 1617, which are connected via corresponding second wiring (eg, coaxial or other cable) leads 1613', 1614', 1615', 1616', and 1617' Branch lines 1618 and 1619 are coupled to linear second wiring (eg, coaxial or other cables). Leads 1613', 1614', 1615', 1616' and 1617' may be connected to linear second wiring branches 1618 and 1619 via taps 1623, 1624, 1625, 1626 and 1627. Device controllers (eg, local controllers) 1620, 1621 and 1622 are mounted in leads 1613', 1615' and 1617'. Branch objects (eg, devices) 1613, 1614, 1615, 1616, and 1617 may be any type of building device that requires power and/or data supply. For example, branching devices may include one or more electrochromic devices (such as electrochromic windows or insulating glass units (IGUs)), external sensing devices (such as light or weather sensors), internal sensing devices (such as internal air quality monitoring devices or asset tracking devices), communication devices (such as antennas, receivers, transceivers or radios), digital architectural elements, or building security devices (such as sirens), lighting, or HVAC components. The distribution control panel 1601 includes a headend unit 1628 and is connected to a (eg, dedicated) power supply 1629, eg, an AC power supply. In some embodiments, the dedicated AC power supply is provided by a power supply line, such as a coaxial or other cable line. Dedicated power lines may extend around the perimeter of the building, eg, other (eg, fiber optic) cables parallel to the main ring. In other embodiments, the distributed control panel is connected to the DC power supply, eg, via a DC power supply line. The DC power supply lines may extend around the perimeter of the building, eg, parallel to the main ring (eg, fiber optic) cables. The headend unit 1628 in the distribution control panel 1601 can function as a gateway for data communication between the primary cabling (eg, fiber optic) ring and the second cabling (eg, coaxial cable) network branch 1601&apos;. Each of the second wiring network branches 1602', 1603', 1604', 1605', and 1606' may be similar in format to branch 1601', although the number and type of branch devices and device controllers present in each branch may vary , for example, depending on the needs of the building.

In the embodiment shown in Figure 16A, a fiber optic primary ring connects distributed control panels 1601, 1602, 1603, 1604, 1605, and 1606 around the ring to a building (eg, Ethernet) network, which is Configuration for communication of data, such as control data for controlling various branch devices. The primary cabling (eg, fiber optic) primary ring may support high-speed data transmission, optionally with low-speed data transmission, eg, at speeds greater than about 1 Gbit/s per channel (eg, at least about 10 Gbit/s per channel) loss and reduced (eg, little or no) interference. In some embodiments, the fiber optic main ring 1612 does not provide power transmission to the distribution control panel.

Second wiring (eg, coaxial cable) network branches 1601', 1602', 1603', 1604', 1605', and 1606' connect distributed control panels 1601, 1602, 1603, 1604, 1605, and 1606 around the ring to A branch device in each second wiring (eg, coaxial cable) network branch. The second wiring can supply both power and data. Power may be supplied to the distributed control panel by one or more dedicated power supplies. In embodiments in which AC power is supplied to a distributed control panel, the power may be rectified to DC and converted to a low voltage, eg, about 24 V DC (eg, by an AC to DC converter), Inside the Distributed Control Panel. Lower voltage power may be transmitted to the branch device, eg, a branch line via a second wiring (eg, coaxial cable). In an alternative embodiment in which DC power is supplied to the distributed control panel, the power may be converted to a low voltage (eg, by a DC to DC converter) within the distributed control panel. Lower voltage power may be transmitted to the branch device via a second wiring (eg, coaxial cable) branch line. Data from a first cabling (eg, fiber optic) main ring may be received by a headend unit in a distribution control panel and transmitted to a branch device via a second cabling (eg, coax) branch line, for example, using methods such as MoCA, Protocols such as G.hn, and/or any of the various cellular communication protocols. In some embodiments, power is transmitted over a second wiring (eg, coaxial) line using, eg, a DC Power Line Communication (PLC) protocol and/or a Power over Ethernet protocol. The PLC method may enable both power and data to be transferred to the branch device along a single branch line.

Each distributed control plane node in the main ring shown in Figure 16A may be accessed by two different first wiring (eg, fiber optic) paths, eg, due to a network ring topology. By using network protocols such as Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), which is commonly used in networks with ring topologies, it is possible to build redundancy into floor networks. For example, if a given node experiences a failure that prevents (eg, prevents) signal communication through that node, communication with neighboring nodes on the ring cannot be prevented (as each node can be reached via alternate paths). Fault-tolerant redundancy can thus be built into the network. Redundancy can be beneficial (eg, reducing the number of failure events) when one or more network branches include branch devices for applications requiring high reliability, such as alarms or communication devices. In some embodiments, the distributed control panel also contains means for connecting to a wireless local area network (eg, via Wi-Fi), providing an additional layer of fault-tolerant redundancy.

The ring topology of the network shown in FIG. 16A can be easy to install (eg, requires less labor, less trained labor, and/or less expensive to install). Furthermore, the use of linear secondary wiring (eg, coaxial cable) network branches around the main ring can provide significant cost reductions, eg, by reducing all the overhead required to provide (eg, high-speed) data communications in a network The length of the first wiring (eg, fiber optic or other cabling) required by the device. The topology shown in FIG. 16A may strike a balance between fault tolerance across floors, provision of (eg, high speed) data communications, ease of installation, and low cost of installation.

In some embodiments, the building network infrastructure has vertical data planes (between building floors) and one or more horizontal data planes (within a floor or in multiple (eg, connected) floors) . In some cases, the horizontal and vertical data planes have (eg, substantially) the same or similar data carrying capabilities and/or data communication carrying components. In other cases, the two data planes have at least one different data carrying capability. In one example, the vertical data plane contains data-carrying communication components that support Ethernet transmissions (eg, using UTP cabling and/or fiber optic cables) of at least about 10 gigabits per second or faster, while the horizontal The data plane contains data-carrying components that also support Gigabit Ethernet transmissions of at least about 10 gigabits per second or faster, eg, via fiber optics. In some cases, the horizontal data plane supports data transfer via communication protocols (eg, the G.hn protocol and/or the MoCA protocol, such as the MoCA 2.5 standard or the MoCA 3.0 standard). In some embodiments, the connection between at least two floors on the vertical data plane employs a control panel with (eg, high-speed) Ethernet switches. These same control panels can be connected to a given floor via (eg, high-speed) switches (eg, fiber optic switches) and/or communication protocol (eg, MoCA) interfaces and associated (eg, coaxial) cables deployed on a horizontal data plane communication with the above nodes.

Figure 17A shows an example of a physical network topology for a floor 1700 of a building, including distributions in series with each other by segments 1707, 1708, 1709, 1710, 1711, and 1712 of first wiring (eg, fiber optic or other cables) Type control panels 1701 , 1702 , 1703 , 1704 , 1705 and 1706 are used to form the main first wiring loop 1713 . The network also includes distributed control panels 1714 , 1715 and 1716 connected in series with each other by segments 1717 , 1718 and 1719 of the first wiring to form a secondary first wiring loop 1720 within the primary loop 1713 . The first wiring specifies the first wiring type. The secondary ring 1720 is connected to the primary ring 1713 by a segment of the first wiring 1721 . Each of the distributed control panels 1701 , 1702 , 1703 , 1704 , 1705 and 1706 forms a node in the primary ring 1713 and each of the distributed control panels 1714 , 1715 and 1716 forms a node in the secondary ring 1720 . Each distributed control panel 1701, 1702, 1703, 1704, 1705, 1706, 1714, 1715, and 1716 is also connected to a corresponding second wiring (eg, coaxial cable) network branch 1701', 1702', 1703', 1704 ', 1705', 1706', 1714', 1715' and 1716'. The second wiring specifies the second wiring type. The main ring 1713 extends around the floors adjacent to the perimeter of the floors, while each of the main ring second wiring network branches 1701', 1702', 1703', 1704', 1705' and 1706' follows the perimeter of the building floors Different parts of the world extend. The secondary ring 1720 extends around the center of the floor, as do each of the secondary ring second wiring network branches 1714', 1715' and 1716' within the primary ring 1713. The control panel and second wiring of the secondary ring are located in the interior area of the floor of the building, eg, inside the physical perimeter of the floor where the primary ring 1713 is located. Secondary rings may be located on and/or within walls, fixtures, or other structures on the floor. Such structures are usually constructed after the perimeter or skin of the building has been constructed. Therefore, in some cases, the primary ring of floors is constructed before the secondary ring. The first wiring and the second wiring may be of the same wiring type. The first wiring and the second wiring may be of different wiring types.

As in the embodiment shown in the example shown in Figure 16A, each of the second routing net branches 1701', 1702', 1703', 1704', 1705', 1706', 1714', 1715' and 1716' includes One or more branch devices are coupled to the linear second wiring branches by corresponding second wiring leads (and device controllers, if desired). Each distributed control panel 1701, 1702, 1703, 1704, 1705, 1706, 1714, 1715 and 1716 includes a corresponding headend unit and has a corresponding AC power supply. The headend unit in each distribution control panel acts as a connection between the first primary cabling 1713 or the first cabling (eg, fiber optic) secondary ring 1720 and the respective second cabling (eg, coax) network branch. Data communication gateway. Similar to the embodiment shown in Figure 16, a first wiring primary ring 1713 and a first wiring secondary ring 1720 connect the distributed control panels on the ring to the building Ethernet network to facilitate (eg, high-speed) data communications Purpose. In addition, a second wiring network branch placed around the ring connects the various distributed control panels to the branch device to supply both power and data. Power is supplied to the distributed control panel by means of dedicated AC power supplies, which are rectified to DC within the distributed control panel and transmitted to the branching device via a second wiring branch line. Data from the first wiring primary and secondary rings 1713 and 1720 is received by the headend unit in the distribution control panel and transmitted to the branch device via the second wiring branch using, for example, a communication protocol (eg, G.hn, MoCA, and/or Cellular Agreement). Instead of AC power, DC power can be transmitted using Power Line Communication (PLC) and/or Ethernet power methods.

In the example shown in Figure 17A, each distributed control plane node in the main ring 1713 is accessible by two different first wiring (eg, fiber optic) paths due to the network ring topology. In addition, each distributed control panel node in the secondary ring 1720 can also be accessed by at least two different first wiring paths. By using a network protocol such as Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), fault tolerant redundancy can be built into the floor network in a similar manner as in the embodiment shown in Figure 16A. For example, if a given node in main ring 1713 experiences a failure that prevents (eg, prevents) communication of signals through that node, communication with neighboring nodes on the main ring will not be blocked because each node can path to arrive. Similarly, if a distributed control panel 1715 or 1716 in secondary ring 1720 experiences a failure that blocks (eg, prevents) communication of signals through that node, communication with adjacent nodes on the secondary ring will not be blocked (eg, , block) as it is reachable via an alternate path.

Including secondary loops in the floor network may enable data and power to be supplied to one or more branch devices located within the building. For example, such a network topology may be suitable for floor designs that incorporate interior rooms, other enclosed spaces, or interior open spaces such as atriums. The interior open space may be surrounded by branching objects (eg, devices), such as electrochromic windows, antennas, or sensor units. Thus, the secondary ring may be arranged around the interior perimeter of a building, eg, around the perimeter of an interior open space in a building. The secondary ring topology may be suitable for floor designs which do not incorporate internal open spaces. In such embodiments, the secondary ring may supply power and data to branch devices located within the interior of the building, for example, to electrochromic windows that are incorporated into room dividing walls, to interior sensors, or to alarms .

The primary ring 1713 and secondary ring 1720 of the floor network can be installed at the same time, or at different times. These moments may be during and/or after the construction of the building. For example, the secondary ring 1720 may be installed after the primary ring 1713 is installed. In some embodiments, the primary ring 1713 may be installed when the building is constructed, while the secondary ring 1720 may be added to the floor network later when the interior configuration of the floor is determined or reconfigured.

Figure 17B shows an example of a physical network topology for floor 1700 of a building, including distributions in series with each other by segments of first wiring (eg, fiber optic or other cables) 1707, 1708, 1709, 1710, 1711, and 1712 Type control panels 1701 , 1702 , 1703 , 1704 , 1705 and 1706 are used to form the main first wiring loop 1713 . The network also includes distributed control panels 1714 , 1715 and 1716 connected to each other by segments of first wiring 1717 , 1718 and 1719 to form a secondary first wiring ring 1720 within primary ring 1713 . The secondary ring 1720 is connected to the primary ring 1713 at two different locations by segments 1721 and 1722 of the first wiring. Each of the distributed control panels 1701 , 1702 , 1703 , 1704 , 1705 and 1706 forms a node in the primary ring 1713 and each of the distributed control panels 1714 , 1715 and 1716 forms a node in the secondary ring 1720 . Each distributed control panel 1701, 1702, 1703, 1704, 1705, 1706, 1714, 1715, and 1716 is also connected to a corresponding secondary wiring (eg, coaxial cable) network branch 1701', 1702', 1703', 1704 ', 1705', 1706', 1714', 1715' and 1716'. The main ring 1713 extends around the floors adjacent to the perimeter of the floors, while each of the main ring secondary wiring network branches 1701', 1702', 1703', 1704', 1705' and 1706' follows the perimeter of the building floors Different parts of the world extend. The secondary ring 1720 extends around the center of the floor, as do each of the secondary ring second wiring network branches 1714', 1715' and 1716' within the primary ring 1713.

The design of the network topology in Figure 17B is similar to that of the embodiment shown in Figure 17A. In particular, the first wiring primary ring 1713 and the first wiring secondary ring 1720 connect the distributed control panels on the ring to the building Ethernet network for (eg, high-speed) data communication purposes, and are placed at the first level around the ring. Two-wired network branches connect various distribution control panels to branch devices for both power and data supply.

As in the embodiment shown in FIG. 17A, each distributed control plane node in the main ring 1713 shown in FIG. 17B is accessible by at least two different first wiring (eg, fiber optic) paths due to the network ring topology access. Each distributed control panel node in the secondary ring 1720 can also be accessed by at least two different first wiring paths. Therefore, fault tolerant redundancy can be built into the floor network by using network protocols such as Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). For example, if a given node in primary ring 1713 experiences a failure that prevents (eg, prevents) communication of signals through that node, communication with neighboring nodes on the primary ring will not be blocked because each node can path to arrive. Similarly, if a given node in primary ring 1720 experiences a failure that blocks (eg, prevents) communication of signals through that node, communication with adjacent nodes on the secondary ring is not blocked (eg, prevents), Because each node is reachable via alternate paths. The inclusion of two first wiring links 1721 and 1722 between the primary ring and the secondary ring ensures that nodes in the secondary ring remain reachable regardless of whether a failure occurs in the primary ring (even if it occurs while forming a network connection to the secondary ring) node), and vice versa. The first wiring links 1721 and 1722 also ensure that each node in the secondary ring is reachable regardless of whether a fault occurs in the secondary ring, even if it is at a distributed control panel directly connected to the primary ring. Thus, the embodiment shown in Figure 17B has increased fault tolerance redundancy, and thus increased reliability. Among other advantages, this multi-access topology provides more reliable antenna coverage across the entire floor. Thus, wireless communications such as cellular, Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth are less likely to be disrupted if the headend or link fails (eg, breaks).

In the embodiment shown in FIG. 18, the physical network topology of floor 1800 of the building includes segments 1810, 1811, 1812, 1813, 1814, 1815, 1816 by first wiring (eg, fiber optic or other cables) , 1817, 1818 and 1819 distributed control panels 1801, 1802, 1803, 1804, 1805, 1806, 1807, 1808 and 1809 in series with each other. The distributed control panels 1801, 1802, 1803, 1804, 1805, and 1806 form the nodes of an outer first wiring loop 1820 that extends around the floors adjacent to the perimeter of the floors. The distributed control panels 1801 , 1804 , 1807 , 1808 and 1809 form nodes in the first wiring net chord on the opposite side of the outer ring 1820 where they link. Thus, it is possible to define two sub-rings within the floor network: the first sub-ring connecting the distributed control panels 1801, 1802, 1803, 1804, 1807, 1808 and 1809; the first sub-ring connecting the distributed control panels 1801, 1804, 1805, 1806 , 1807, 1808 and 1809 of the second sub-ring. Each distribution control panel 1801, 1802, 1803, 1804, 1805, 1806, 1807, 1808, and 1809 is connected to a corresponding second wiring (eg, coaxial cable) network branch 1801', 1802', 1803', 1804' , 1805', 1806', 1807', 1808' and 1809'. The design of the network topology in Figure 18 is similar to that of the previous embodiment, ie, the first wiring connects the distributed control panel to the building Ethernet network for (eg, high-speed) data communication purposes; and the second Wiring network branches connect distributed control panels to branch devices for the supply of both power and communication signals (eg, data). Each distributed control plane node in the network shown in FIG. 18 is accessible by at least two different first wiring (eg, fiber optic) paths due to the interconnecting network ring topology. Therefore, fault tolerant redundancy can be built into the floor network by using network protocols such as Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). The embodiment shown in Figure 18 achieves greater overall fault tolerance redundancy, and thus higher reliability, than the embodiment of Figure 17A; and it achieves similar reliability levels compared to the embodiment of Figure 17B, Although the total length of the first wiring required is reduced.

In some embodiments, each node in a network (such as each distributed control panel node in the network shown in Figures 16A, 17A, 17B, or 10) includes two or more distributed control panels, each containing A respective first wiring (eg, fiber optic) loop is connected to the head end of a second wiring (eg, coaxial cable) branch line. In such an embodiment, the connection between each branch line and the first wiring network will be maintained even if the distribution control panel (eg, the headend) were to fail. This further additional fault-tolerant redundancy may be desirable, for example, where the branch device provides a communication connection (eg, to an external cellular network).

The embodiments of Figures 16A-18 (and related embodiments employing ring topologies) may provide redundancy and availability. If a control panel, front end, or data link fails (eg, breaks), most devices on the network are still available. The embodiment of Figures 16A-18 and related embodiments may be relatively easy to install. In some cases, the network components of the outer ring are installed first, followed by the network components of the inner ring, and vice versa. In certain embodiments, some or all of the second wiring (eg, coaxial cables, such as those provided in the examples shown in FIGS. 16A-18 ) are RG-11 coaxial cables.

Control panels employed in ring topology embodiments, such as those shown in the examples of Figures 16A-18, include network components in various combination options, such as (a) and communication nodes with communication components such as network switches Integrated power supply (same enclosure) or (b) separate power supply and communication nodes (different enclosures) (eg, installed at the same location). In various embodiments, the control panel provides DC power and communication to downstream devices, such as window controllers and digital architecture elements. As an example, DC power may be provided at at least about 2 watts (W), 4W, or 20W.

The type of fiber optic cable that can be used, for example, in a network ring and/or connection segment can be selected based, at least in part, on the data communication needs of the branching device. Fiber optic cabling may enable data transmission at rates of, for example, at least about 100 Gbit/s per channel, covering long distances (eg, covering at least about 10 kilometers). Each fiber optic ring may contain multiple individual fibers, eg, to provide the necessary bandwidth and/or further redundancy for fault tolerance. Armored fiber optic cabling, such as fiber optic cabling wrapped in aluminum armor, may be used to provide physical protection and/or crush resistance.

The type of coaxial cable used in a coaxial cable network branch can be selected based at least in part on the power supply and/or communication rate requirements of the branching device. In some embodiments, the branch lines of each coaxial network branch are formed using RG-11 coaxial cable. RG-11 coaxial cable can support at least 24V, Class 2, DC power supply. The conductive wires of the RG-11 coaxial cable can be thick enough that the branch wires exhibit low losses and can carry high power. For example, the loss per foot of RG-11 coaxial cable can be up to about one tenth of the loss per foot of thinner RG-6 coaxial cable. However, different types of coaxial cables may be used to form branch lines in other embodiments.

In some embodiments, the coaxial cable leads may be formed using RG-6 coaxial cable. RG-6 coaxial cable is thinner, more flexible and more suitable for powering individual branch devices than RG-11 coaxial cable. The type of coaxial cable used to form the leads can vary. For example, in some embodiments, the RG-6 coaxial cable leads connect the device controller to the RG-11 coaxial cable branch line, while the M8 cable connects the device controller to the branch device.

A smaller diameter coaxial cable acting as a lead wire can be connected to a larger diameter coaxial cable acting as a branch wire. For example, RG-6 coaxial cable leads can be connected to RG-11 coaxial cable branch lines, for example, by means of a distribution interface (eg, a tap). The tap may be an inductive tap that transfers power between the branch line and the lead, eg, without obtaining a direct conductive path between the branch and the lead. Distribution junctions (eg, taps) are configured to inject a small amount of power carried by the branch lines into the corresponding leads.

Distribution junctions (eg, taps or splitters) may be employed on the mains to pass (eg, power and/or communication signals) to the leads. Unlike splitters, which halve power or signal, distribution junctions (eg, taps) may consume a small amount (eg, less than half a portion) of power or signal, eg, 0.5 W per tap. For example, if the mains deliver 15 W to the tap, and 14.5 W of that power is available downstream on the mains, then 0.5 W is shunted to the device via the leads. A small amount may be less than about 0.1, 0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.4 or 0.5 times the power of the electrical and/or communication signal. Cabling systems (eg, distribution junctions) may be coupled to power (eg, to enable connection to power sources, eg, to supplement dwindling power in the cabling system, eg, to facilitate additional power downstream of floor controllers) power injection.

In some embodiments, the distribution junction is passive. In some embodiments, the assignment junction is dynamic. The distribution junction may contain dynamic elements, such as control circuits (eg, microcontrollers). Dynamic elements can inform (eg, the control system) when there is a foreseeable (eg, imminent) power drain (eg, supplemental power may be required to continue to activate the target). Dynamic elements facilitate power negotiation. For example, a dynamic element may identify a coupling target (eg, a device) prior to full coupling to the network (eg, by probing the target device in the connection). The dynamic element may incorporate a power negotiation algorithm (eg, will take into account the existing and/or predicted power distribution in the cabling system). Power negotiation may include PoE standards, which may specify auto-negotiation between clients (eg, targets through local controllers) and hosts (eg, upper-level controllers, eg, in control panels on floors). A target device (eg, a client) may provide its (eg, power) demand value, which the host (eg, a controller) accepts or rejects, depending at least in part on the host's configurable total power capacity (eg, linked to The total capacity running on the cabling network of this controller). Cabling systems may include devices for (i) measuring (eg, DC) voltage along the length of the mains, (ii) providing feedback to control panels and/or other devices, and/or (iii) monitoring and/or compensating Excessive voltage drop from the load at larger distances from power (eg, DC) injection. The maximum power transmitted by the cabling system can follow any International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) category. IEC categories can be 0, I, II, or III IEC categories. For example, a cabling system may comply with IEC Category II with a maximum value of 100VA. The distribution voltage of the DC power may be at least about 12V, 24V, or 48V DC.

In some embodiments, the distribution interface may facilitate the transmission of communication signals. Cabling systems (eg, including distribution junctions that are part of the cabling system) may include one or more signal filters (eg, low-pass filters), eg, to reduce (eg, prevent) signal cross-modulation become distorted. Signal filters may be configured downstream of the target (eg, device), such as (eg, 4G or 5G) antennas, such as those utilizing higher frequencies. Filters may or may not be integrated into the distribution junction. For example, filters can be integrated on downstream bus pins below the distribution junction. For example, the filter may be external to (eg, and operatively coupled to) the distribution junction. The network may utilize Power over Ethernet (PoE) and/or VLAN messaging, eg, between the (eg, microcontroller) controller and the target device, eg, to authenticate the (eg, third-party) device and/or its power consumption. For example, the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) protocol can be used for target discovery. The distribution interface may include a system that facilitates repeater, range extender, and/or signal repeater functions, such as radio frequency (RF) power distributors. Distribution junctions may be passive (eg, including capacitors, inductors, and/or transformers). The distribution interface may be active (eg, including controllers, amplifiers, and/or preamplifiers).

In some embodiments, a plurality of devices are operatively coupled (eg, communicatively and/or physically coupled) to a network. The network may be the local network of the facility. From time to time, at least one of the devices may require power that exceeds the capacity of the network (or a branch of the network). When such a request is fulfilled, the network (or a branch of the network) may be disabled. In order to prevent the collapse of the network (or a portion thereof), the network may contain one or more switches, switches, or power managers. The power manager may include a controller. Switches can include manual or automatic switches. The shutters may include automatic or manual shutters. The switch may be an on/off switch. The on/off switch may (eg, temporarily) interrupt devices requesting excess power (eg, above a threshold value) from the network, eg, to prevent the network or a portion of the network from collapsing. The power manager can manage the power requests of various devices to (i) prevent power leakage from the network and (ii) allow the maximum number of devices to operate in their desired mode. The maximum number of devices may or may not take into account any level of device operation. For example, devices critical to the safe operation of the facility, the health of the facility occupants, and/or the operational core functions of the facility may receive priority over other devices.

In some embodiments, the network can carry direct current (DC) current. The current may be a Type 2 (eg, with about 100 watts, about 2 amps, and about 48 volts) DC current delivery. Commercial devices can be configured to deliver DC currents in the milliamp range (eg, up to about 0.1 mA, 1 mA, 10 mA, or 100 mA of current).

In some embodiments, the cabling network is configured to transmit power and communication signals. The network may include a television (TV) related network. A network can be configured to transmit media (eg, video, still images, video, or television) communications. The network may be configured to transmit targeted communications (eg, advertisements and/or alerts). A network (eg, its cables) can be configured to carry electrical signals (eg, DC current) while providing low-noise communication of communication (eg, RF) signals. For example, the cabling network can be configured to facilitate distortion of RF signals through the cabling system, eg, and through distribution junctions of the various cables connecting the cabling system. In some embodiments, problems may arise when excessive electrical (eg, DC) current causes oversaturation of the inductance which is part of the distribution junction. This can result in degraded quality of the communication signal through the inductor, eg, due to attenuation (eg, lower amplitude of the signal), distortion (eg, changing the frequency of the signal), and/or crosstalk (eg, shifting to another frequency signal at one frequency). In order to maintain a high signal-to-noise ratio of the communication signal, the end-to-end attenuation of the communication (eg, RF) signal transmitted over the trunk should not be too high. High may be defined relative to the saturation current of the inductor, and/or relative to the current required to achieve a certain level of harmonic distortion of the communication (eg, RF) signal. Inductive induction is best kept in its linear transmission mechanism. The inductor is preferably in a non-saturating condition. The attenuation of the signal by the distribution junction should be such that the signal will be strong enough to communicate with the device connected to the tap, and travel through the maximum number of distribution junction points along the trunk (eg, and still be able to communicate with the last device communication at the last distribution interface of the trunk). In some embodiments, the power of the communication (eg, RF) signal at the portion of the circuit dedicated to the distribution junction of the branch is attenuated at a level of from about -20dB to about -26dB of the power of the communication signal transmitted by the trunk ( For example, from about ¼% to about 1% of the power of a communication (eg, RF) signal transmitted over the trunk. In some embodiments, the power of the communication (eg, RF) signal at the portion of the circuit dedicated to the distribution junction of the branch is attenuated to such an extent that it facilitates at least about 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 21 along the trunk , 14, 16, 20, 30, 32, 50, 60, or 64 distribution junctions (eg, the same distribution junctions along the trunk) at the level of connection. In some embodiments, the power of the communication (eg, RF) signal at the portion of the circuit dedicated to the distribution junction of the branch is attenuated to such an extent that it facilitates at least about 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 21 along the trunk , 14, 16, 20, 30, 32, 50, 60, or 64 device connection level. In some embodiments, the power of the communication (eg, RF) signal at the portion of the circuit dedicated to the distribution junction of the branch is attenuated to such an extent that it facilitates at least about 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 21 along the trunk , 14, 16, 20, 30, 32, 50, 60, or 64 branch connection level. (See, eg, Figure 23). In some embodiments, the distribution junction is configured to minimize crosstalk between communication signals transmitted in the trunk and communication signals transmitted to branch lines (eg, to tap lines). For example, a distribution junction may include a directional distribution junction capable of transmitting communication (eg, RF) signals and electrical (eg, DC) forces, which may be configured to maintain directional distribution compared to its non-directional distribution The distribution junction of the junction is the higher current. A directional coupler can provide power through a coupler that is configured to transmit most of the communication signal through the mains (eg, to a control system), while at the same time providing sufficient (decipherable) communication signal to a , tapped to) one or more of the distribution junctions. The distribution junction may or may not provide impedance matching. The distribution junction may have at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 branches (eg, taps). For example, the distribution junction can be a single-lead coupler or a multi-lead coupler. The type of distribution junction used may depend on the installation configuration. The distribution interface can be configured for a Linear Ethernet type network. The base length dimension (FLS) of the distribution junction can be up to about 0.25 inches ("), 0.5", 0.75", 1", 1.25", 1.5", 1.75", or 2.0". The FLS of the dispensing junction can be any value between the above values (eg, from about 0.25" to about 2.0", from about 0.25" to about 1", from about 0.75" to about 1.25", or from about 1" to about 2”).

In some embodiments, the distribution junction includes a switch. The switches may include auto-reset thermal switches (eg, fuses). Switches can be incorporated into circuits that distribute junctions. The switches may include positive temperature coefficient (PTC) switches. The switch can be triggered by increasing the temperature above a threshold value. PTCs may be included in branched (eg, tapped) portions of the circuit. The switch may be a reset switch. The switch can be configured such that once power is drawn from the switch, the PTC returns to its original state (eg, resets the switch). The switch can be configured to allow electrical (eg, DC) forces and communication (eg, RF) signals to travel through the mains, eg, at the switch (eg, it disables the connection of the distribution interface to the branch (eg, tap wire)) the temporary opening period. PTC switches can be implemented using: hot-start motor on-off switches, motor thermal cut-off switches, self-starting thermal switches, mechanical thermal switches, bimetal temperature control switches, fluid fill temperature control switches, digital temperature control switches, electronic thermal switches , thermal protector, or any switch, fuse, or link that resets itself after a thermal event has occurred. The switch may include a resistor, such as a thermistor. The switches may include positive (eg, PTC) or negative (eg, NTC) temperature coefficient resistors (eg, thermistors). The switches may include semiconductors (eg, metal oxides). The switches may comprise polycrystalline ceramics (eg, doped polycrystalline ceramics such as, for example, BaTiO3 ₎ . The switch may contain a material whose resistance value suddenly increases at a certain critical temperature. The switches may contain thermistors. The switches can be passive switches or dynamic switches. The switches may contain fuses. The switches may comprise polymers (eg, poly switches). In some embodiments, when current flows through the switch, it can generate heat, which can raise the temperature of the switch, eg, above the ambient temperature. The switch can act as a protective circuit element.

In some embodiments, the cabling system includes a distribution junction. The distribution junction can be configured to distribute power and communication (eg, RF) power. Power may be provided as direct current (eg, DC). The distribution interface may include a first port (eg, an input port) configured to receive communication and electrical power (eg, RF power and DC power) from upstream circuits. The distribution interface may include a second port (eg, output port) configured to distribute communication and electrical power (eg, RF power and DC power) to downstream circuits. The distribution interface may include a third port (eg, a coupling port) configured to distribute communication and electrical power (eg, RF power and DC power) to the branch circuit (eg, operatively coupled to the target device).

FIG. 19 shows an example of an electronic schematic diagram of an example of a distribution junction 1900 . It may be noted that other examples of assigning junctions are discussed herein, eg, in connection with FIG. 3 . In the example depicted in FIG. 19, the distribution interface 1900 is configured to distribute power and communication (eg, RF) power. In the example shown in Figure 19, the power may be provided as direct current (DC). The distribution interface 1900 may include a first port 1930 (eg, an input port) configured to receive communication and electrical power (eg, RF power and DC power) from upstream circuits. The distribution interface 1900 includes a second port 1931 (eg, an output port) configured to distribute communication and electrical power (eg, RF power and DC power) to downstream circuits. The distribution interface 1900 includes a third port 1933 (eg, a coupling port) configured to distribute communication and electrical power (eg, RF power and DC power) to the branch circuit (eg, operatively coupled to a target device). The distribution junction 1900 includes a first (DC) blocking capacitor 1902, a second (DC) blocking capacitor 1904, a third (DC) blocking capacitor 1906, a first series inductance 1908, a third series inductance 1910, a second series inductance Inductor 1912 , matching load 1914 , directional coupler 1916 , input port 1941 , transmission port 1942 , coupling port 1943 , and isolation port 1944 .

In some embodiments, the distribution junction may include a first circuit path for distributing communication (eg, RF) power, and a second circuit path for distributing electrical (eg, DC) power. For communication (eg, RF) power distribution, the first circuit path may operate as follows: a first power (eg, DC) blocking capacitor may be operatively coupled (eg, in series) at the first port and direction of the distribution junction between the input ports of the sex coupler. A second power (eg, DC) blocking capacitor can be operatively coupled (eg, in series) between the second port of the distribution junction and the transmission port of the directional coupler. A third power (eg, DC) blocking capacitor may be coupled between the third port of the distribution junction and the coupling port of the directional coupler. In some embodiments, the directional coupler may include one or more (eg, RF) transformers. In some embodiments, the (eg, RF) transformer may include coil windings disposed adjacent to the ferrite material. Communication (eg, RF) power can be applied to the first port of the distribution interface. At least some (eg, all or most) of the applied communication (eg, RF) power may pass through the first power (eg, DC) blocking capacitor and reach the input port of the directional coupler. A first portion of the communication (eg, RF) power arriving at the input port may be output by the transmission port, through the second DC blocking capacitor, and then output by the second port of the distribution junction. A second portion of the communication (eg, RF) power arriving at the input port may be output by the coupling port. The second portion may be the difference between the communication (eg, RF) power arriving at the input port minus the communication (eg, RF) power it output from the transmission port. At least some (eg, all or most) of the communication (eg, RF) power from the coupling port may pass through the third power (eg, DC) blocking capacitor and may be output by the third port of the distribution junction.

In some embodiments, the distribution interface includes an isolation port (eg, 1944). A directional coupler can be symmetrical and provide an isolated port (eg, a fourth port). At least a portion of the communication (eg, RF) power arriving at the transmission port may occur at the isolated port. In some embodiments, directional couplers may not be used in this mode, and the isolated ports may be terminated with a matched load (eg, at least 50 ohms or 75 ohms of resistance). The termination may be inside the directional coupler, and/or the distribution interface, for example, whereby the isolated port may not be accessible to the user.

In some embodiments, the distribution junction facilitates power distribution. For power (eg, DC) distribution, the second circuit path may operate as follows: the flow of power (eg, DC) applied to the first port may flow through the first series inductance (eg, 1908 ) and the second series inductance (eg, , 1912), or any combination thereof, is assigned to the second port. The electrical (eg, DC) flow applied to the first port may be distributed to the third port through the first series inductance (eg, 1908) and the third series inductance (eg, 1910), or any combination thereof. The first string inductance (eg, 1908), the second string inductance (eg, 1912), the third string inductance (eg, 1910), or any combination thereof can be selected to have a High impedance in the frequency range of the communication (eg, RF) power of the port. The frequency range of a communication signal may contain one or more frequency components, which are indicative of amplitudes that vary with the frequency of one or more discrete frequencies, or one or more discrete bandwidths of frequencies. In some embodiments, the frequency components may include: (i) the lowest frequency component; (ii) the highest frequency component; or (iii) the lowest frequency component and the highest frequency component. In some embodiments, the power may be provided as DC current.

In some embodiments, the power may be provided as alternating current (AC). For example, AC may be a periodically varying current whose frequency is lower than the lowest frequency component of communication (eg, RF) power. For example, AC may be a periodically varying current with a frequency higher than the highest frequency component of communication (eg, RF) power. The reactances of the first series inductance, the second series inductance, the third series inductance, the first DC blocking capacitor, the second DC blocking capacitor, and/or the third DC blocking capacitor may be selected such that at least (eg, , the main, or substantial) portion is through inductance, eg, while at least (eg, the main, or substantial) portion of the simultaneous communication (eg, RF) power is through capacitance. In some embodiments, a signal (eg, low pass) filter may replace the first string inductor (eg, 1908 ), the second string inductor (eg, 1912 ), and/or the third string inductor (eg, 1912 ) 1910). In some embodiments, a signal (eg, high-pass) filter may replace the first DC blocking capacitor (eg, 1902 ), the second DC blocking capacitor (eg, 1904 ), and/or the third DC blocking capacitor (eg, 1906 ) ). In some embodiments, one or more signal filters may be added to the electronic circuitry of the distribution junction. The filters may include high pass filters and/or low pass filters.

In some embodiments, the dispensing junction is tethered into a housing (eg, a housing). The housing may have a plurality of connectors (eg, at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more connectors). The connector can be tied to the port. At least two of the plurality of connectors can connect the distribution junctions to the busbars (eg, mains). At least one of the distribution junction connectors can connect the distribution junction to the branch line (eg, operatively couple to at least one device). The connector can be configured to connect to a cable or wiring (eg, coaxial cable). Connectors can be configured for the transmission of electrical and communication signals (eg, over wiring or cables). The housing may contain an insulating material (eg, a polymer or resin). The housing may comprise base metals, metal alloys, ceramics, or allotropes of base metals. The housing may contain transparent or opaque materials. The housing facilitates heat dissipation from its interior. The housing may be configured to facilitate its coupling and/or attachment to a fixture (eg, a wall or frame). For example, the housing may include one or more cutouts or protrusions that facilitate its coupling and/or attachment to fixtures (eg, walls or frames). The housing can be configured to protect the electronic circuitry of the interface, eg, from external influences (eg, physical damage, water damage, corrosion, and/or heating). The housing may facilitate the coupling of wiring and/or cables to electronic circuits in the distribution interface, eg, via connectors (eg, ports). Ports may include input ports, transmission ports, coupling ports, or any combination or plural thereof.

FIG. 20 depicts an illustrative mechanical enclosure relative to a first dispensing junction 2000, a second dispensing junction 2030, and a third dispensing junction 2060. FIG. The first distribution interface 2000 may include a first port 2001 (corresponding to, eg, the first port 1930 of FIG. 19 ), a second port 2002 (corresponding to, eg, the second port 1931 of FIG. 19 ), and a third port 2003 (corresponding, for example, to the third port 1933 of Figure 19). The first port 2001 (FIG. 20) can function as an input port, the second port 2002 can function as a transmission port, and the third port 2003 can function as a coupling port. A first portion of the communication (eg, RF) power applied to the first port 2001 (eg, the input port) may be output by the second port 2002 (eg, the transmit port). A second portion of the communication (eg, RF) power applied to the first port 2001 may be output by a third port 2003 (eg, a coupling port). The second portion may be the difference between the communication (eg, RF) power applied to the first port 2001 minus the communication (eg, RF) power output by the second port 2002 .

In some embodiments, the distribution interface may include at least a first port, a second port, and a third port. A first port (eg, 2001) and a third port (eg, 2003) can be placed side-by-side at a first end of a distribution interface (eg, 2000), with a second port (eg, 2002) placed side by side with the first port (eg, 2002) at the second end of the distribution junction opposite the end. The first, second, and third ports can be provided, for example, using male BNC connectors, female BNC jacks, male N connectors, female N jacks, male F connectors, female F jacks, male SMA connectors, Female SMA sockets, male TNC connectors, female TNC sockets, various other types of connectors, various other types of sockets, and/or any various combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the first dispensing junction may be encased in a metal enclosure. In some embodiments, the first distribution junction may be encased in a non-metallic structure.

In the example shown in FIG. 20, the housing portion and ports associated with the second distribution interface 2030 include a first port 2011 (corresponding to, for example, the first port 1930 of FIG. 19), a second port 2012 (corresponding to, For example, the second port 1931 in FIG. 19 ), and the third port 2013 (corresponding to, for example, the third port 1933 in FIG. 19 ). The first port can be used as an input port, the second port can be used as a transmission port, and the third port can be used as a coupling port. The first port can be placed at the first end of the dispense interface, and the third port can be placed at the second end of the dispense interface opposite the first end (eg, see 2030 of FIG. 20).

In the example shown in FIG. 20, the housing portion and ports associated with the third distribution interface 2060 include a first port 2021 (corresponding to, eg, the first port 1930 of FIG. 19), a second port 2022 (corresponding to, For example, the second port 1931 in FIG. 19 ), and the third port 2023 (corresponding to, for example, the third port 1933 in FIG. 19 ). The first port can be used as an input port, the second port can be used as a transmission port, and the third port can be used as a coupling port. The first port may be placed at the first end of the distribution interface. The second and third ports can each be placed at a second end of the distribution interface opposite the first end (see, eg, 2060 of FIG. 20).

Figure 21 depicts the mechanical configuration of the housing portion and ports relative to the distribution junction 2100 (corresponding to, eg, the third distribution junction 2060 of Figure 20). The distribution interface 2100 includes a first port 2106 (corresponding to the first port 2021 in FIG. 20 ), a second port 2102 (corresponding to the second port 2022 in FIG. 20 ), and a third port 2103 (corresponding to the third port in FIG. 20 ) port 2023).

In some embodiments, the distribution junctions are connected to a plurality of branch lines, eg, as disclosed herein. At least one electrical element of the distribution junction may be repeated for each branch. For example, at the connector to the branch, an inductance (eg, a series inductance), and/or a switch can be dedicated to the branch. At least one branch-specific circuit portion of the distribution junction circuit may include switches. At least one branch-dedicated circuit portion of the distribution junction circuit may be free of switches. At least one element of the electronic circuit is common to the plurality of tap branch circuit portions (eg, inductors).

In some embodiments, the distribution junction circuit includes a plurality of electronic components. The plurality of electronic components may include at least one wire, port, directional coupler, capacitor, coupler (eg, directional coupler), matched load, inductor (eg, series inductor), or switch. Ports can include input ports, output ports, transmission ports, or isolated ports. Ports can be configured to distribute communication power and power to downstream and/or upstream circuits. Ports can be single or bidirectional ports. Capacitors may include power blocking capacitors. A matched load may have an impedance value that results in maximum absorption of energy from the signal source. Distribution junctions can be configured for impedance matching. The distribution junction can be configured to maximize power transfer. The distribution interface can be configured to maximize the signal-to-noise ratio. The distribution junction can be configured to minimize signal reflections from the load.

FIG. 22 shows an electronic schematic of the distribution junction 2200 circuit. Distribution junction 2200 is a cascaded version of distribution junction 1900 described herein, eg, with reference to FIG. 19 . The distribution interface 2200 may be configured to distribute power and communication (eg, RF) power. In the example of FIG. 22, the power may be provided as direct current (DC). Distribution interface 2200 includes a first port 2230 (eg, an input port) configured to receive communication (eg, RF) power and electrical (eg, DC) power from upstream circuitry. The distribution interface 2200 includes a second port 2231 (eg, an output port) configured to distribute communication power and electrical power to downstream circuits. The distribution interface 2200 includes a third port 2233 (eg, a first coupling port) and a fourth port 2234 (eg, a second coupling port). The third port 2233 and/or the fourth port 2234 can be configured to distribute communication power and electrical power to at least one branch circuit. Distribution junction 2200 includes a first directional coupler 2216 in series with a second directional coupler 2236. The third port and/or the fourth port can each be configured to be operatively coupled to one or more target devices. The distribution junction 2200 includes a first power (eg, DC) blocking capacitor 2202 operatively coupled in series between the first port 2230 and the input port 2241 of the first directional coupler 2216 . The distribution interface 2200 includes the input port 2241 of the first directional coupler 2216 , the transmission port 2242 of the first directional coupler 2216 , the input port 2251 of the second directional coupler 2236 , and the transmission port of the second directional coupler 2236 port 2252 , a second power (DC) blocking capacitor 2204 , and a third power (eg, DC) blocking capacitor 2206 coupled to the third port 2233 of the distribution junction 2200 and the coupling port 2243 of the first directional coupler 2216 between, the port 2243 of the first directional coupler 2216, the transmission port 2242, the fourth power (eg, DC) blocking capacitor 2246, which is coupled to the fourth port 2234 and the coupling port 2253 of the second directional coupler 2236 between the input port 2251 of the second directional coupler 2236 and the coupling port 2253 of the second directional coupler 2236, the isolation port 2244, the matching load 2214, the isolation port 2254, the transmission port 2252, the first series inductance 2208 and second series inductance 2222, third series inductance 2210, fourth series inductance 2220, first (eg, auto reset current limit off) switch 2212, second (eg, auto reset current limit off) Switch 2228, and fourth port 2234.

In some embodiments, the distribution junction (eg, 2200) may include a first circuit path for distributing communication power, and a second circuit path for distributing power. For communication power distribution, the first circuit path may operate as follows: Communication power may be supplied to a first port of the distribution interface. A first power (eg, DC) blocking capacitor can be operatively coupled in series between the first port and the input port of the first directional coupler. All or most of the RF supplied to the first port may reach the input port of the first directional coupler. A first portion of the communication (eg, RF) power arriving at the input port may be output by the transmit port of the first directional coupler to the input port of the second directional coupler. A first portion of the communication (eg, RF) power arriving at the input port may be output by the transmit port of the second directional coupler. All or most of the communication (eg, RF) power arriving at the transmission port may pass through the second power (eg, DC) blocking capacitor and may be output by the second port of the distribution junction. A third power (eg, DC) blocking capacitor (eg, 2206) can be coupled between the third port (eg, 2233) of the distribution junction and the coupling port (eg, 2243) of the first directional coupler (eg, 2216) )between. A second portion of the communication (eg, RF) power reaching the input port (eg, 2241) of the first directional coupler may be output by the coupling port of the first directional coupler. The second portion at the coupling port may be the difference between the communication (eg, RF) power arriving at the input port minus the communication (eg, RF) power it output by the transmission port (eg, 2242). At least a portion (eg, all or most) of the second portion at the coupling port can block capacitance from a third power (eg, DC) and reach the third port (eg, 2233 ) of the distribution junction. Communication signal (eg, RF) power at the third port may be used by one or more downstream devices on one or more branch circuits. A fourth power (eg, DC) blocking capacitor (eg, 2246) may be coupled between the fourth port (eg, 2234) of the distribution junction and the coupling port (eg, 2253) of the second directional coupler (eg, 2236) )between. A second portion of the power of the communication signal (eg, RF) arriving at the input port (eg, 2251 ) of the second directional coupler may be output by the coupling port of the second directional coupler. The second portion at the coupling port may be the difference between the power of the communication signal (eg, RF) arriving at the input port minus the power of the communication signal (eg, RF) outputted by the transmission port. At least a portion (eg, all or most) of the second portion at the coupling port can block the capacitance from the fourth power (eg, DC) and reach the fourth port of the distribution junction. Communication signal (eg, RF) power at the fourth port may be used by one or more downstream devices on one or more branch circuits.

In some embodiments, the directional coupler may include one or more communication signal (eg, RF) transformers. In some embodiments, the communication signal (eg, RF) transformer may include coil windings disposed adjacent to the ferrite material. The first directional coupler (eg, 2216) can be symmetrical, where an isolated port such as 2244 (eg, a fourth port) can be provided. A portion of the power of the communication signal (eg, RF) arriving at the transmission port will be present at the isolated port. In some embodiments, the first directional coupler may not be used in this mode, and the isolation port (eg, 2244) may be terminated with a matched load, such as 2214 (eg, with a resistance of at least 50 ohms or 75 ohms) value). The termination may be inside the first directional coupler, and/or the distribution interface, whereby the isolated port may not be accessible to the user. The second directional coupler can be symmetrical, where an isolated port such as 2254 (eg, a fourth port) can be provided. A portion (eg, 2252) of the power of the communication signal (eg, RF) arriving at the transmission port may appear at the isolated port (eg, 2254). In some embodiments, the second directional coupler may not be used in this mode, and the isolated port may be terminated with a matched load, such as 2226 (eg, with a resistance value of at least 50 ohms or 75 ohms). The termination may be inside the second directional coupler, and/or the distribution interface, for example, whereby the isolation port may not be accessible to the user.

In some embodiments, the distribution junction facilitates power distribution and includes a first circuit path and a second circuit path. For power (eg, DC) distribution, the second circuit path may operate as follows: the current applied to the first port may be distributed through the first string inductance (eg, 2208 ) and the second string inductance (eg, 2222 ) to the second port. The current applied to the first port (eg, 2230) can be distributed to the Three ports (eg, 2233). The current applied to the first port can be distributed to the fourth port (eg , 2234). The first series inductance, the second series inductance, the third series inductance, and the fourth series inductance are selected to have high impedance across a frequency range corresponding to the communication signal power applied to the first port. A frequency range may contain one or more frequency components, which are indicative of amplitudes that vary with the frequency of one or more discrete frequencies, or one or more discrete bandwidths of frequencies. In some embodiments, the frequency components may include the lowest frequency components and/or the highest frequency components. In some embodiments, the power may be provided as electrical current.

In some embodiments, the power may be provided as alternating current (AC). For example, AC may be a periodically varying current with a frequency lower than the lowest frequency component of RF power. AC power may be a periodically varying current whose frequency is higher than the highest frequency component of the power of the communication signal. The first string inductance (eg, 2208), the second string inductor (eg, 2222), the third string inductor (eg, 2210), the fourth string inductor (eg, 2220), the first power blocking capacitor (eg, 2220) For example, 2202), a second power blocking capacitor (eg, 2204), a third DC blocking capacitor 2206, and a fourth power blocking capacitor (eg, 2246) may be selected such that at least one (eg, AC or DC) of power (eg, AC or DC) For example, a substantial portion passes through the inductances, eg, while at least one (eg, a substantial) portion of the communication signal power passes through the capacitors.

In some embodiments, the distribution junction includes at least one switch. The switch may be an automatic reset switch. The switch may be a current limiting switch. Switches may protect circuits and/or devices from faults, for example, (i) due to supplying harmful amounts of current, (ii) due to devices requesting excessive amounts of current, (iii) due to excessive temperature, or (iv) (i) , (ii), and (iii) in any combination. Switches can protect circuits and/or devices from failures, eg, due to overheating. For example, the distribution junction may contain an automatic reset current limiting switch. For example, the distribution junction may contain multiple switches. For example, the distribution junction may include a switch before a port configured to couple one or more devices and/or branch lines to the distribution junction. A first (eg, auto-reset current-limit cutoff) switch (eg, 2212 ) can provide protection for any device that would otherwise drain excess current from a port (eg, third port 2233 ). A second (eg, auto-reset current limit cutoff) switch (eg, 2228 ) or any other additional switch may be provided for any device or device that would otherwise drain excess current from the coupled port (eg, fourth port 2234 ) Protect. Switches may include: (i) hot start motor on-off switch, (ii) motor on-off switch, (iii) motor thermal cutoff switch, (iv) self-starting thermal switch, (v) mechanical thermal switch, bimetal temperature control switch, (vi) fluid filled temperature control switch, (vii) digital temperature control switch, (viii) electronic thermal switch, (ix) thermal protector, or (x) during or (for example, thermal or electrical) an event has occurred Any switch, fuse, or link that resets itself afterwards. For example, the cut-off switch may be an auto-reset thermal switch, a fuse, a circuit breaker, or a positive temperature coefficient (PTC) switch. The switch can be opened by increasing the temperature above the threshold value. After the PTC switch is opened (eg, creating an open circuit) and power is removed from the PTC, the PTC can reset itself, eg, by returning to its original (electrically closed) state. In the circuit configuration of Figure 22, the PTC switches (eg, 2212 and/or 2228) allow power (eg, DC) and communication (eg, RF) signals to travel through the mains during the (eg, temporary) opening of the switches.

In some embodiments, the network infrastructure includes a trunk as part of a cabling network, the trunk including a plurality of distribution junctions. The distribution interface can be operatively coupled to at least one controller and/or at least one target device. The mains may be operatively coupled (eg, connected to) a power source and/or a control system (eg, through a control panel). The control system includes at least one controller. The control system may be a hierarchical control system.

FIG. 23 shows an example of the network infrastructure of the first cabling network 2300 , the second cabling network 2330 , and the third cabling network 2360 . The first cabling network 2300 includes busbar cables 2321 connected to the first controller panel 2301 . The second cabling network 2330 includes busbar cables 2323 connected to the second controller panel 2303 . The third cabling network 2360 includes busbar cables 2325 connected to the third controller panel 2305. The first control panel 2301, the second control panel 2303, and the third control panel 2305 each include a network (eg, including floor) controller. The controller can be the primary controller, or a controller lower in the controller hierarchy. Busbar cables can be connected to multiple distribution connections. For example, in FIG. 23, the first bus bar cable 2321 is connected to eight distribution junctions including the distribution junctions 2312. Distribution interface 2312 is connected to one or more downstream devices through drop cables 2315. Downstream devices include first downstream devices 2314 (eg, local controllers) and second downstream devices 2316 (eg, target devices such as sensors, transmitters, antennas, color-changing windows, or display structures). The first cabling network 2300 may use eight distribution contacts to provide eight taps 2318 (eg, leads), where each tap is configured to connect to one or more downstream target devices (eg, and local controller). The second busbar cables 2323 are connected to twelve distribution junctions to provide twelve taps 2320 . The third busbar cable 2325 is connected to sixteen distribution planes to provide sixteen taps 2322. In some embodiments, the maximum number of taps may be determined by the current producing capability of the source of the power. In some embodiments, the maximum number of taps can be determined by the signal-to-noise ratio of the communication signal from the signal source to the farthest device from the signal source (eg, traveled the longest trunk distance and/or cabling distance). In some embodiments, the number of taps (eg, leads) may be at least about 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 36, 48, or 72. In some embodiments, the communication signal (eg, RF) at each of the taps (eg, taps 2318 ) is at most less than the communication signal (eg, RF) power on the busbar cable 2321 (eg, trunk) About 10 dB, 15 dB, 20 dB, 25 dB, 26 dB, or 30 dB.

In some embodiments, a cabling network (eg, first cabling network 2300 ) may include a network bus (eg, bus cable 2321 , also referred to herein as a trunk) and drop cables (eg, a drop cable 2315). Network buses and drop cables can distribute one or more time-varying (eg, communications) signals and/or electrical (eg, DC) forces in a network infrastructure. Network bus bars and drop cables may include one or more signal conductors and one or more ground conductors. A network bus can be formed from multiple circuits coupled together. The first circuit of the network bus can couple the controller (eg, within the first control panel 2301) and the distribution junction (eg, the distribution junction 2312) together. The second and subsequent circuits of the network bus may couple the respective pairs of distribution junctions together. A branch cable (eg, branch cable 2315) can couple branch circuits (eg, branch circuit 2314) to (eg, respective) distribution junctions (eg, distribution junction 2312). Network buses and drop cables may distribute multiple time-varying signals and/or power (eg, simultaneously).

The network busbars and drop cables can deliver power (eg, DC) at any desired voltage rating. By way of example, network bus bars and drop cables can deliver DC power at a voltage of at least about 12V, at 23V, or at 48 volts (V). Network bus bars and branch cables can conform to any International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) class, such as Category 0, I, II, or III. As an example, network bus bars and drop cables may conform to IEC Class II and may therefore carry a maximum of about 100VA or 100W. The network bus bars and drop cables can have a routing thickness sufficient to carry the requested current (eg, 12, 14, 16, or 18 gauge). Network bus bars and drop cables may include shields (eg, foil shields, braid shields, or quad shields), eg, to reduce crosstalk and/or interference. Network buses and drop cables may include (eg, be formed from) LMR-200, LMR-240, LMR-400, RG-6, RG-8, RG-11, RG-59, RG-60, RG-174 , RG-210, RG-213, 8233, or 8267 coaxial cables, or other types of cables suitable for their intended purpose (eg, as disclosed herein). The network bus and/or drop cables may be assigned any requested number (eg, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more) of sets of distinguishable time-varying signal frequencies. Time-varying signal frequency sets can be assigned to cover non-overlapping frequency windows. As an example, a network bus and/or drop cable may assign a first set of frequencies for time-varying signals to cover one or more first frequency windows, and assign a second set of frequencies for time-varying signals to cover one or more second frequency window. The frequency bins (in both the first and second sets) may be separated in the frequency domain (eg, there may be guard bands between the frequency bins). In some embodiments, some frequency windows (from the first and/or second set) are not separated by guard bands and/or partially overlap in the frequency domain (e.g., one frequency window end touches another frequency window beginning, e.g., 5, 526 and 529). Separating adjacent frequency windows with guard bands can (i) reduce noise and/or interference, and (ii) reduce the cost and complexity of network components (eg, cables, filters, distribution junctions, etc.) , or (iii) any combination of (i) and (ii).

In some embodiments, the network distributes time-varying signals. For example, a network can assign complex time-varying signal types. The first set of time-varying signals distributed by the cabling network may include network data signals (eg, control-related signals). The first episode of time-varying signals can be digital communications or digital data. The first set of time-varying signals may include signals configured to be transmitted by a communication technology that transmits digital information over power lines through which it is used (eg, only) to transmit electrical power. The first set of time-varying signals may include signals configured to be transmitted through the electrical wiring of the building by hardware devices designed for communication and transfer of data (eg, Ethernet, USB, and Wi-Fi). The first set of time-varying signals may include signals configured to be transmitted by a data transfer protocol that facilitates at least about 1 Megahertz (MHz), 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 50 MHz, 10 MHz, 500 MHz, per second Data transfer rates of 1 gigabit (Gbit/s), 2 Gbit/s, 3 Gbit/s, 4 Gbit/s, or 5 Gbit/s. Data transfer protocols can operate over telephone wiring, coaxial cables, power lines, and/or (eg, plastic) optical fibers. Data transfer agreements may be facilitated using wafers (eg, containing semiconductor devices). The first set of time-varying signals may include power line communication signals, such as G.hn, HomePlug®, or HD-PLC compatible signals. The first set of time-varying signals may include signals compliant with the Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA) protocol. The first set of time-varying signals may include signals compatible with other protocols, including Ethernet protocols such as 802.3bw, 802.3bp, 802.3ch, and/or 802.3cq. The first frequency window may extend from about 2 Megahertz (MHz) to about 200 MHz (eg, such as used in the G.hn protocol). As an example, the first frequency window may extend from about 500 MHz to about 600 MHz, from about 875 MHz to about 1 GHz, and/or from about 1.15 to about 1.5 GHz. The second set of time-varying signals distributed by the cabling network may include RF signals. The second time-varying signal may comprise a signal received by or transmitted through the antenna. The second frequency window may extend from about 600 MHz to about 1 GHz, from about 1.4 GHz to about 6 GHz, and from about 1.7 GHz to about 6 GHz. The radio frequency signals may include cellular network signals, such as fourth generation (4G) and/or fifth generation (5G) cellular network signals. In some embodiments, 4G and 5G cellular network signals include signals at or below about 6 GHz. The ranges of the first and second sets of time-varying signals may overlap. The ranges of the first and second sets of time-varying signals may be separated. The separation may be by signal domains not occupied by the first or second time-varying signals.

In certain embodiments, the data plane infrastructure of Figure 23 (including, for example, first, second, and third control panels 2301, 2303, and 2305, cabling such as coaxial cables, and network adapters) is Used to provide power to nodes on the network. In certain embodiments, power (eg, provided at about 48 volts DC) is injected into the cable used for the (eg, horizontal) data plane (eg, coaxial cable). In some embodiments, the control panel includes a power manager. The power manager can be configured to control the distribution of power to individual network adapters and/or end nodes on the network. Individual network adapters or other nodes may be powered according to protocols implemented in the power manager. In some agreements, end nodes will not be allowed to draw power whenever it wants (eg, on demand). Various criteria can be used to decide when and/or how much power should be delivered to individual nodes or network adapters on the network. Such criteria may include, for example, ensuring that the total delivered power on the system does not exceed a threshold value, such as that set for a particular electrical standard in the jurisdiction (eg, Class 2 network systems in the United States). about 100 watts). In some embodiments, one or more end nodes connected to the network are not allowed to draw power (or are allowed to draw only a limited amount of power) until they have negotiated power with the power manager. A power manager (or other network component) may form a virtual network with end nodes for power negotiation and/or network authentication purposes.

In some embodiments, the control system is configured to facilitate power control in the cabling network. The control may include power distribution in the realm of time and space (eg, according to business logic and/or device requirements). The power manager can be configured to perform operations including: (i) recommending at least one possible (eg, optional) schedule for device operation; (ii) considering how long it will take for a given procedure to occur (from it starts to its end); (iii) manages (eg, 3rd) party devices relative to its mode of operation and/or timing - eg, considers the mode of operation (eg, continuous or intermittent operation); (iv) considers and/or or contemplate various intermittent operating scenarios; (v) consider when devices are needed; (vi) interleave, align, and/or match device operational needs and requests; (vii) disable (eg, turn off) a given device that consumes power, such as , above a threshold value; (viii) delay the operation of a given device; or (ix) any combination of (i) to (viii). The device may have the option to request an altered (eg, higher or lower) power budget. A power manager (eg, a power controller) may be configured to propose a priority list of devices for power usage. The power manager may utilize a priority list of devices, eg, in relation to their power usage. The power manager can know where in the facility and/or network to connect the device (eg, to which mains). The trunk line can be connected up to 8, 12, 16, or 32 devices, eg, in series. A power manager may facilitate automatic power load distribution. The power manager can identify which controller of the control system is connected to which channel and/or which device. The device may be a color-changing window, a media display (eg, a transparent display), a collection of devices (eg, a sensor kit), a (eg, cellular) transceiver. For example, the power manager may consider which device is undergoing which operation (eg, which transition, given IGU type and size). The power manager may prioritize power budgets according to business logic. Prioritization can include product management. Prioritization may be based, at least in part, on (I) logic of reasonable inference, (II) the space of the facility (eg, a class of space and/or having a characteristic), (III) occupancy in the space of the facility, (IV) ) zone (eg, occupancy zone), (V) device prioritization (eg, based on device type, device function, and/or device placement in the facility), (VI) external conditions, (VII) amount of power required , (VII) the length of time the power is required, (VIII) voltage attraction source identification, or (IX) any combination of (I) to (VIII). Prioritization may utilize logic that includes higher-order abstract business logic. Priority plan for occupancy of available facilities. Prioritization may facilitate a (eg, structural and/or architectural) model of the facility. For example, a building information modeling (BIM) (eg, Revit file) of the facility of any enclosure in which the model may be included. The model may include a two-dimensional (eg, floor plan) and/or three-dimensional modeling (eg, a 3D model rendering) of the facility of any enclosure therein. The logic may or may not include finite element analysis. Logic may include (or may be utilized for) simulation. The logic may contain generalized logic. The power manager may utilize artificial intelligence (eg, ML). For example, for a device such as a color-changing window, the ML may consider the type of hue transition, the time to complete the hue transition, the size of the color-changing window, and/or the material properties of the color-changing window (eg, electrochromic structure). For example, for a device such as an HVAC, the ML may take into account the requested temperature, the temperature gradient of the requested temperature, the type of enclosure to adjust the temperature, the size of the enclosure, the material properties of the fasteners of the enclosure, the atmospheric pressure of the enclosure The force, and/or the velocity of gas (eg, air) pushed into and/or out of an enclosure (eg, a room or other facility space) by the HVAC. The power manager can identify where the power demand is coming from, eg from which device. The power manager may prioritize the supply of power. The power manager can identify the device by its network ID.

In some embodiments, the power manager utilizes modeling. Modeling can be based, at least in part, on known line forms of behavior that can be expected from a particular operation of a controller-driven device (eg, changing the hue of a color-changing window, playing a movie on a display structure, adjusting the temperature of a room, broadcasting a message). The power manager may learn and/or utilize the known (eg, historical) power usage of the device. Historical power usage may be for a device in a facility, for a similar device in a facility, or for a similar device in another facility. Modeling may include a learning phase. Modeling may utilize learning sets (eg, based on real-time data collection and/or historical data collection). Study sets can contain synthetic material. A study set may utilize historical information from this or other stations (eg, with similar networks and/or similar devices coupled to cabling networks). The power manager may include hardware and/or software interfaces. For example, the power manager may have a graphical user interface (GUI). The program manager may include an application programming interface (API). The power manager can receive input from the user, eg, the GUI via an API. For example, the power manager may request and/or accept input regarding the user's preferences for device usage. For example, preference for tint levels of color-changing windows at the user's room, start time preference and/or selection for specific media projected on the media display, timing preference and/or selection for message broadcast, at least one of Environmental preferences and/or room selection, or any combination thereof. Environmental preferences may include lighting, humidity, temperature, gas velocity, gas pressure, volatile organic compound (VOC) levels, particle levels, sound levels, or any combination thereof. Illumination may include illumination intensity, direction, source configuration, source selection, and/or color. Colors can include color types, color wavelengths, or color gradients. The power manager may or may not be able to revoke the user's request. For example, when a user's request results in a consumption of power, the power administrator may not satisfy the user's request. The GUI may communicate (eg, visually project or vocalize) the rejection of the request to the user. The API of the power manager can be installed in the user's processor, eg, in a fixed or mobile processor such as a tablet, mobile phone or laptop.

The model may include a building information modeling (BIM) software (eg, Autodesk Revit) product (eg, file). BIM products allow users to design buildings with parametric modeling and draft components. In some embodiments, BIM is a computer-aided design (CAD) paradigm that allows intelligent, 3D and/or parametric object-based design. A BIM model can contain information about the complete life cycle of a building from concept to construction to decommissioning. This functionality can be provided by the underlying relational database architecture of the BIM model, which can be referred to as a parametric change engine. BIM products can use .RVT files to store BIM models. Parametric objects -- whether 3D building objects (such as windows or doors) or 2D draft objects -- can be called families, can be saved in .RFA files, and imported into the RVT database. There are many sources of pre-drawn RFA libraries.

BIM (eg, Revit) allows users to create parametric components in a graphical "family editor". Models can capture relationships between components, views, and annotations so that changes to any element are automatically propagated to keep the model consistent. For example, moving a wall updates adjacent walls, floors, and roofs; corrects the layout and values of dimensions and annotations; adjusts floor areas reported in schedules, redraws section views, and more. BIM may facilitate continuous connection, updating, and/or coordination between a model of a facility and (eg, all) files, eg, simplification of updates for immediate and/or immediate modification of the model. The concept of bidirectional associativity between components, views, and annotation can be characteristic of BIM.

BIM models can use a single file database, which can be shared among multiple users. Plans, sections, elevations, legends, and schedules can be interconnected. BIM can provide (eg, complete) two-way associativity. Therefore, if the user makes changes in one view, the other views can be automatically updated. Likewise, the BIM file can be automatically updated in response to input received from sensors. BIM drawings and/or schedules can be fully coordinated for the building elements shown in the drawings. Infrastructure (eg, buildings) can be drawn using 3D objects to create fixtures (eg, walls, floors, roofs, structures, windows, and/or doors) and other objects as needed. A BIM model (eg, a BIM virtual model, or a BIM virtual file) can integrate information about the structure and/or materials associated with the facility. In general, if the components of the design will appear in more than one view, they can be generated using 3D objects. Users can create their own 3D and 2D objects for modeling and drawing purposes. Small views of building components can be generated using a combination of 3D and 2D drawing objects, or by importing drawing work done in another computer-aided design (CAD) platform (eg, via DWG, DXF, DGN, SAT, or SKP) .

In some embodiments, when using BIM to share a project database, a central file may be created that stores a master copy of the project database on a file server. A user can work on a copy of the central file (known as the local file) stored on his/her workstation. Users can save to the central file, update the central file with their changes, and receive changes from other users. Whenever a user starts working on an object in the database to see if another user is editing the object, the BIM model can check the central file. This procedure prevents conflicts caused by two people making the same changes at the same time. Multiple rules that work together on the same project can create their own project database and link to databases from other consultants for verification. BIM can perform interference checks, which detect whether different components of a building occupy the same physical space.

In some embodiments, when a structural change occurs at a facility (including in any part thereof), the BIM model may need to be manually updated to at least one file associated with the facility to record the change and keep it updated. The control system (eg, using the facility's sensors) can feed (eg, automatically) structural updates to the BIM model, to the logic (eg, AI engine, and/or simulation). Structural updates fed by the control system can be done on-the-fly (eg, when changes occur), or at times when the facility is not occupied (eg, at night, during weekends, or during holidays). Updates can be scheduled (eg, pre-scheduled). Updates may occur at the time frame closest to the structural change (eg, the first time a facility is idle after a structural change has been made). Updates may be sensed at predetermined (eg, pre-scheduled) intervals, and/or by sensors operatively coupled to the network.

In some embodiments, one or more models (as disclosed herein) are used by logic (eg, by an AI engine). Models may incorporate non-fixed materials, eg, water occupied by pipes, heat capacity of materials, optical absorption/reflectivity, thermal characteristics, acoustic properties, and/or outgassing/VoC of materials versus temperature. Models may incorporate openings, time of day, sun angle, and/or penetration depth. The model can be applied to situations where room assignments and/or wall systems are unknown. The model can be applied to situations where drywalls, corridors, open areas, reception areas, stairs, and/or enclosed areas are known. Models may include architectural elements, such as fixtures and loose pieces. Architectural elements may include compartments, walls, floors, roofs, structures, windows, doors, ceilings, cabinets, furniture, desks, cubicles, tables, chairs, ventilation ducts, electrical conduits, lighting fixtures, water supply pipes, roof vents , and/or utility pipes. The model may associate the fixture with one or more physical properties, such as the material of the fixture, the heat capacity of the fixture, the acoustic properties of the fixture, and/or any of several other physical properties.

Models may include information on energy-related properties of commercial and/or residential buildings. For example, as previously described, the model may include information from the Building Performance Database (BPD) maintained by the US Department of Energy. In some embodiments, BPD combines, cleans, and/or anonymizes data collected from buildings by jurisdictional authorities (eg, federal, state, and local governments), facilities, energy efficiency programs, building owners, and/or private companies. Various physical and operational characteristics of multiple building types can be stored in the BPD, for example, to record trends in energy performance. BPD may allow users to generate and/or save customized datasets based on certain variables, including, for example, building type, location, size, age, equipment, and/or operating characteristics. BPD allows users to compare buildings using statistical or actuarial methods. The BPD may include a graphical network interface and/or API (eg, a power manager and/or a network API) that may allow applications and/or services to dynamically interrogate the BPD.

In some embodiments, various target devices (eg, IGUs) are grouped into zones of target devices (eg, zones of EC windows). At least one region may include a subset of target devices (eg, media displays, sensors, transmitters, and/or IGUs). For example, at least one (eg, each) zone of the target device may be controlled by one or more controllers of the control system. At least one (eg, each) zone may be controlled by a single-floor controller (eg, a network controller) and two or more local controllers (eg, window controllers) controlled by the single-floor controller. For example, a zone may represent a logical grouping of target devices. At least one (eg, each) zone may correspond to a set of target devices in a particular location or area of a facility that is driven together based at least in part on its location. For example, a building may have four sides or sides (north, south, east, and west) and ten floors. In this example, each zone may correspond to a set of target devices (eg, electrochromic windows, antennas, lighting, or vents) on a particular floor and on a particular one of the four sides. At least one (eg, each) zone may correspond to a set of target devices that share one or more physical characteristics (eg, device parameters such as size, material, type, or age). In some embodiments, the communities of target devices are grouped based at least in part on one or more non-physical characteristics of the target devices, such as, for example, placement in a facility, intended use, security designation, or business class. For example, IGU-delimited managers' offices may be grouped in one or more zones, while IGU-delimited non-manager offices may be grouped in one or more different zones. Zones can be based on the occupancy rate in the facility (eg, occupied area), the function of the various enclosures of the facility (eg, offices, meeting rooms, cafeterias, entrance halls, corridors, laboratories, etc.) The layout of components (eg, mobile furniture), and/or the location of fixtures (eg, walls) within the facility.

In some embodiments, at least one (eg, each) floor controller is capable of addressing all target devices in at least one (eg, each) of one or more respective zones. For example, the master controller may issue the master tone command to the floor controller that controls the target area. The dominant tone command may include the (eg, abstract) identification of the target region (also referred to hereinafter as the "region ID"). For example, the zone ID may be the first protocol ID. The floor controller can receive a master tone command including a tone value and a zone ID. The floor controller may map the zone ID to a second protocol ID associated with a local controller (eg, a window controller) within the zone. In some embodiments, the zone ID is a higher-level abstraction than the first protocol ID. The floor controller may first map the zone IDs to one or more first protocol IDs, and then map the first protocol IDs to the second protocol IDs.

In some embodiments, the power management protocol may employ a defined set of communications between the power manager and one or more network adapters or nodes. For example, requests for power may be issued by a network adapter, while requests for information may be issued by a power manager. Data containing the time and/or conditions of the power transfer may be sent from the power manager prior to the actual transfer of power. In some embodiments, such communication is provided using a (eg, G.hn) communication protocol. Power over Ethernet (PoA) can be implemented using its own protocol. In some embodiments, Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) is employed to provide power management related communications, whether or not the Power over Ethernet protocol is used.

FIG. 24 shows an example of a flow diagram of an illustrative method 2400 utilizing an allocation interface. At block 2401, a distribution interface may be provided. Distribution junctions may couple the trunk line to one or more branch lines. The trunk line may include a first cable that transmits power and/or communications. The branch line may include a second cable that transmits power and/or communications. The transmission of power and/or communication may be tied to one or more devices. One or more devices may be coupled to the branch line. Distribution junctions can be configured along the trunk. The power may be DC power. At optional block 2402, a power (eg, DC) request may be received from the device. The power requirements of the device can be received. In optional block 2403, the current delivered to the device may be controlled. Control may be based, at least in part, on the power request and/or power demand of the device. At block 2404, current and communications may be transmitted and directed along the trunk cable and/or to the device through the distribution interface.

25 is a flowchart depicting a method 2500 of managing a device. A device may be a third party device, a facility's in-house device, and/or a network provider. In method 2500, the order of operations is not limited. Operations may be performed in any order, as applicable. At optional block 2501, a time schedule for the operation of the device may be established. At block 2503, a determination may be made as to the length of time it will take for a given program to be executed on the device (eg, how long it will take for a color-changing window to reach the requested hue level, or to cool the environment of the room to the desired level) how long it will take to request a temperature level). A determination can be made when execution of the operation on the device is required and/or requested (block 2505). At block 2505, a determination of an operational mode and/or operational scheme for execution on and/or by operation of the device may be made. For example, the mode of operation may specify continuous operation or intermittent operation (regularly or irregularly). The determination of block 2505 may be based, at least in part, on the operation of at least one other device operatively coupled to the network. In optional block 2507, two or more modes of operation may be time-interleaved (eg, the modes of operation of two or more devices may be time-interleaved). Requests may be interleaved for at least one other device coupled to a network to which the device is coupled. For example, a first device may receive intermittent power at a frequency and a second device may receive intermittent power at that frequency; and the two power frequencies may be adjusted so that when the first device does not receive power, the second device will receive power. A given operation may be performed on the device, at block 2509.

26 shows an example of a flow diagram depicting an illustrative method 2600 of prioritizing a power budget for a device. At block 2601, a procedure may be performed to identify one or more physical entities used to operatively couple the control system to a channel of a plurality of channels, and/or to a device of a plurality of devices. For example, the control system may be operatively coupled to the device via trunk lines, distribution junctions, and drop cables. At block 2603, power budgets may be prioritized to devices and/or channels according to logic. Logic may include: (I) business logic, (II) space assignments, (III) device specifications, (IV) device power requests, (V) scheduling, (VI) external conditions, (VII) device power requirements (eg, amount of power and/or timing of power), (VIII) power requests, and/or (VIII) predicted power usage of devices (eg, using machine learning (ML), scheduling, and/or historical data). Space assignments may include prioritization of spaces, certain spaces, spaces with properties, occupancy levels, and/or occupancy areas. Logic may include product management and/or one or more reasonable inferences. Historical data may be extracted from the control system of its serving device (eg, from a local controller). At block 2611, the power budget prioritization determined at block 2603 may be used to generate a power distribution scheme or plan for devices and/or channels. Next, at block 2613, the control system may be used to distribute or direct the distribution of power to devices and/or to channels.

27 shows an example of a flowchart depicting an illustrative method 2700 of managing power distribution for a device. A priority list of power-using devices may be defined at block 2701 . For example, power usage may include power usage such as consumption of electrical power (eg, DC). Power usage may include communication signal (eg, RF) power usage. The priority list may be defined at least in part using business logic (eg, such as described with reference to block 2603 of Figure 26). At block 2703, power distribution to devices coupled to the network can be monitored. This power distribution may include power and/or communication signal power. Upon detecting that the device is consuming power (eg, DC power and/or RF power) above a threshold value, method 2700 proceeds to block 2715, where the device is disconnected from power and/or communication signal power (eg, individually - depending on the type of power consumption). Otherwise, method 2700 proceeds from block 2703 to block 2705, where a power budget request is received from the device. In some embodiments, the power budget request may be for a modified power budget. At block 2707, the power budget request may be considered along with any other power budget requests. The distribution status of power within the network (eg, DC power and/or RF power) may be considered, along with a forecast of the distribution of power in the network at future times. The historical power usage of the devices in the network may be considered, along with any trends in the power usage of the devices. Power usage trends may be compiled using artificial intelligence (eg, using machine learning (ML) modules). Next, at block 2709, results are generated related to the power distribution of the requesting device. Based at least in part on the result, the method proceeds to block 2711 or block 2713. At block 2711, power (eg, DC power and/or RF power) may be intermittently supplied to the requesting device. Intermittent power may be supplied at regular or irregular intervals. At block 2713, continuous power supply to the requesting device may be delayed.

28 is a flowchart depicting one illustrative method of managing a device in the context of a color-changing window. At block 2801, devices (eg, color-changing windows, media displays, sensors, lighting, alarm systems, or HVAC systems) may be provided. The device can be coupled to a control system and to a network. At block 2803, one or more models may be generated using known modes of operation of the device (eg, color-changing window transitions, adjusting room temperature, displaying media, sounding an audible alarm, or sensing). Modeling may include artificial intelligence (AI), such as ML. At block 2805, information is collected from (i) historical measurements, (ii) synthetic measurements, and/or (iii) hardware and/or firmware of a control system (eg, a local controller) to generate data generated by the AI The training set used by the engine. The training set is used in the model to predict future power usage of the device (block 2807). Power is delivered to the device at block 2809 based at least in part on predictions of future power usage by the device.

In some embodiments, the device is installed by an installer (eg, manually). For example, color-changing (eg, optically switchable) windows may be installed by installers (eg, glass workers). An installer (eg, a glass worker or appropriate professional technician) may install other types of branch targets (eg, devices), such as sensors, transmitters, or security devices, such as while installing the window or at a different ( For example, earlier or later) time. Power supply connections, such as AC power supply connections, may be installed by an installer (eg, an electrician). The installer may be an electrician authorized to operate low-voltage electrical systems, for example, in the jurisdiction where the building is located. The installer may be an electrician authorized to operate high-voltage electrical systems, for example, in the jurisdiction in which the building is located. Cabling (eg, coaxial cabling) may be installed by such an installer, or it may be installed by an installer who is an electrician or salesperson (eg, a low voltage the constructed jurisdiction. The term "authorized electrician" is used herein to refer to an electrician authorized to perform low and high voltage and/or electrical (ie, Class 1 and Class 2) installations in a given jurisdiction.

For example, in one embodiment, an installer (eg, a glass worker) installs optically switchable windows in the skin of a building such that optically switchable window connectors (eg, lead cables for each window) extend from the window curtain wall into Supercharged space. Installers can install internal vertical mullion channels between adjacent optically switchable windows and wiring (eg, RG-6 coax) leads, through mullion channels in the plenum, coil excess wiring (eg, RG-6 coax) 6 coaxial cable). An installer can mount objects (eg, sensor devices) in vertical mullions that are connected to wiring leads. Alternatively, such targets may be connected to routing leads at a different (eg, later) time. An installer (eg, an authorized electrician) may install the distribution control panel, eg, in a plenum or open space around the perimeter of a building to form a primary ring; and (optionally) inside a building to form a secondary ring. The installer can connect the distribution control panel to the high voltage AC power supply and can install its wiring (eg, fiber optic or other cabling) that forms the primary ring (and, if any, the secondary ring). An installer (eg, a low voltage electrician) can connect the distribution control panel to a target (eg, optically switchable windows and/or sensors) via a cabling (eg, RG-11 coax) branch line extending through the plenum device). An installer (eg, a low voltage electrician) can connect the target (eg, an optically switchable window) to the branch line via the window controller and wiring (eg, RG-6) leads.

In some embodiments, at least a portion (eg, all) of the electrical installation work is performed by an authorized electrician. However, the network topology shown in, for example, Figures 16A, 17A, 17B, and 18 is designed to enable unauthorized electricians or other types of salespeople to install most networks once the main ring of distribution control panels has been Installed and/or connected to a power supply, eg, during or (eg, shortly after) the construction of the building frame and/or skin. It may be shortly thereafter before the occupants move into the building, and/or before the building is released for occupancy. Thus, the overall cost of installing a network of targets (eg, devices) is reduced. When excess wiring (eg, coax) leads are connected to wiring (eg, coax) branches during initial installation, then subsequent additions of branch targets (eg, devices) to the net can become more difficult than linear nets Circuits (eg, without stubs, leads, and/or taps) are simpler and more economical.

In some embodiments, the cabling network can be coupled to the antenna. The antenna may be coupled to the mains extending from the control panel before any distribution junctions (T-junctions) or other devices (which add loss) are coupled to the mains. Amplifiers and/or preamplifiers may be included in a control panel (eg, a head controller such as a network controller). Passive antennas can be coupled on the cabling network (eg, anywhere), eg, for DAS-like operation. Signal damping can be reduced at the antenna level and/or at the distribution junction level. Reduction of signal damping at the distribution junction level can increase its signal will be distinguishable (eg, distinguishable in noise) after long distances from the source antenna and/or the channel through (eg, many) junctions possibility. Reduction of signal damping at the antenna level (eg, using active antennas) may increase the cost, power and/or thermal energy of local amplification and/or filtering.

In some embodiments, the cabling system may be coupled to an external antenna. The external antenna may be an active antenna. Active antennas may include signal amplifiers and preamplifiers. Active antennas can minimize signal coupling from the antenna to the control panel (eg, by distributing junctions), for example, by connecting external antennas directly to the control panel and/or placing the antenna upstream of other devices, Such as before the distribution junction, on the first or one of the distribution junctions along the trunk. Amplifiers and/or preamplifiers may utilize RF power. Active antennas can increase the likelihood that their signals traveling in a cabling system are strong enough to be deciphered (eg, above the noise level), and weak enough to comply with regulatory security restrictions and cabling regulations. Active antennas can increase noise and/or signal distortion. Active antennas can complicate link budgets and/or tuning to avoid interference, oscillation, or both. In some embodiments, the (eg, external) antenna is a passive antenna.

In some embodiments, the cabling system may be coupled to the internal antenna. Internal antenna. Internal antennas can be active antennas (eg, with RF power amplifiers and/or preamplifiers) or passive antennas. Internal antennas may be dome antennas, antennas coupled or embedded on windows, in window frames (eg, mullions). The bus bar of the IGU can be used as an antenna. 5G communication signals may have low divergence angles that require multiple antennas to provide (eg, cellular) reception coverage (eg, line of sight with a cell phone may be required). Internal antennas may include dome antennas, eg, located at the corners of the enclosure. The internal antenna may be part of a distributed antenna system (DAS). The antennas may include MIMO antennas. Internal antennas may require (eg, dedicated) distribution junctions (eg, distribution junctions with resistance values of about 50 ohms). The antenna may contain a transformer that provides impedance matching the cabling system. Signal communication (eg, 5G signals below about 6 GHz) can utilize 2x2, or 4x4 MIMO antennas. Signal communication (eg, 5G mmWave) may utilize directional antenna arrays (eg, 2x2, 4x4 multiple/massive MIMO with at least 16, 32, 64, or 128 elements).

The protocol used to transfer data to the branch device can be selected based at least in part on the desired data transfer speed. For example, branch devices such as weather sensors may require high-speed data communication. Accordingly, coaxial cable network branches (including branch devices requiring high-speed data communications) may include high-speed devices, such as devices configured to implement the G.hn protocol.

To implement MoCA powerline communication in a coax network branch, MoCA headend devices are installed in the headend units of the corresponding distribution control panels, and MoCA transceivers are installed at each branch device (and/or at the corresponding device control panel). server) to receive and/or transmit MoCA communications. Using the MoCA 2.5 standard enables transmission of data at rates up to about 2.5 Gbit/s across different frequency bands (for example, the MoCA AA band corresponds to frequencies from about 400 MHz to about 900 MHz, and the MoCA AC band corresponds to frequencies from about 110 MHz to about 1660 MHz).

In some embodiments, terminal devices such as electrochromic windows may (eg, only) require low speed data communication. Thus, coax network branches (including branch devices requiring lower speed data communications) may include low speed devices, such as G.hn devices. In order to implement G.hn power line communications in a coaxial network branch, G.hn headend devices may be provided in the headend units of the respective distribution control panels. To implement G.hn powerline communications in a coax network branch, G.hn may be installed at each branch device (and/or at the corresponding device controller), eg, to receive and/or transmit G.hn hn communication. While the G.hn standard may enable data transfer at rates up to 2 Gbit/s, actual transfer rates may be (eg, only) up to about 200 Mbit/s. G.hn devices can transmit data over a frequency band from about 10 MHz to about 70 MHz.

In some embodiments, transmission of data across different frequency bands (eg, also referred to herein as "frequency windows") and/or different rates across the same coaxial cable branch line can be achieved, eg, by using concurrently Communication of multiple protocols (eg, by transmitting a first set of signal frequencies conforming to the MoCA protocol, and transmitting a second set of signal frequencies conforming to the G.hn protocol). Properly tuned filters (eg, inductive and capacitive filters (LC filters)) can be used to selectively inject signals in the desired communication band from coaxial cable branch lines into the appropriate leads; or to block ( For example, the transmission of PLC signals is blocked, eg, to avoid interference, such as when different branch devices are controlled on a single branch line.

Power insertion may be used to maintain power, supplement power, and/or increase density. On a given branch line, there may be inserts directly from the control panel. For example, when there are multiple (eg, six) devices on a branch, the first portion of the (eg, three) devices closest to the control panel may receive power directly from the mains power cord (eg, not from a power plug). For example, the device closest to the control panel may receive power directly from the control panel, the device second closest to the control panel receives power downstream from the tap that provides power to the first device, and the third device closest to the control panel receives power from It provides power to the tap downstream of the second device to receive power. To provide more direct power to the fourth to sixth devices, the power distribution system may include a power plug between the taps of the third and fourth devices on the branch line (eg, to supplement an adequate power supply, such as for Target). In this example, the fourth device may receive some or all of its power via a power plug.

In some embodiments, elements of the vertical data plane network are installed in the skin of a building, such as during or (eg, immediately after) the initial construction of the building frame and/or skin. For example, in some embodiments, one or more elements of the cabling, such as a first cabling (eg, fiber optic or other cabling) loop, a second cabling (eg, coaxial or other cabling, such as network stubs and/or leads) cables), distribution control panels and/or branching devices) are installed in the skin of the building.

In some embodiments, branch targets are devices such as color-changing (eg, optically switchable) windows, sensors, or security devices that can be installed in the skin of a building. For example, an optically switchable window may form part of its surrounding curtain wall of a building. Sensors, transmitters, and/or security devices may be installed in the curtain wall, for example in the frame surrounding the window, such as vertical mullions or channels and/or horizontal sashes or lintels. Sensors, transmitters, and/or security devices may be installed in the interior of a building. A window (eg, a color-changing window) can be installed inside a building (eg, as at least a portion of an interior wall).

In one embodiment, the optically switchable window is installed in the skin of the building, thereby forming its curtain wall facade around the frame of the building. A coaxial cable (such as RG-6 coaxial cabling) leads can be connected to at least one of (eg, each) optically switchable windows. Coaxial cabling leads may extend from the curtain wall away from the light switchable windows into a space provided between the structural floor or ceiling of the building frame and the corresponding raised or lowered ceiling (eg, a building's plenum). The distribution control panels may also be installed in plenum spaces, or in other open spaces of the building, spaced from each other around the perimeter of the building to form nodes of the main ring. For example, each distribution control panel may be separated from each by a plurality (eg, two or more, three or more, four or more, five or more, or six or more) objects (such as optically switchable windows) Adjacent distribution control panel. The distribution control panel may be fixedly attached (eg, bolted) to a building frame, such as to a structural support of the building frame. An AC power supply can be installed and/or connected to a distribution control panel. Cabling (eg, fiber optic or other cabling) may be installed in the plenum around the perimeter of the building, eg, connecting distribution control panels to form the main ring. Wiring (eg, coaxial cabling, such as RG-11 coaxial cabling) branch lines may also be installed in plenum spaces around the perimeter of a building. Wiring (eg, coaxial cable) leads may be connected to wiring (eg, coaxial cable) branch lines, eg, via one or more distribution junctions (eg, inductive taps). Wiring (eg, coaxial cable) branch lines can be connected to corresponding distribution control panels.

In some embodiments, a secondary network ring in the interior of the building is installed. The secondary network ring may be installed at the same time as the installation of the primary ring, such as around the perimeter of the building, or at a different (eg, later) time, such as when the interior walls of the building are being constructed.

While preferred embodiments of the present invention have been shown, and described herein, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. The present invention should not be limited by the specific examples provided in the specification. While the invention has been described with reference to the foregoing specification, the description and illustration of the embodiments herein are not meant to be taken in a limiting sense. Numerous changes, changes, and substitutions will now occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the invention. Furthermore, it should be understood that all aspects of the invention are not limited to the specific descriptions, configurations, or relative proportions set forth herein, which depend upon various conditions and variables. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed in practicing the invention. Accordingly, it is contemplated that the present invention shall also cover any such alternatives, modifications, variations, or equivalents. It is intended that the following patent claims define the scope of the invention, and that methods and structures within the scope of these patent claims and their equivalents are hereby covered.

100: Control System Architecture 104: Local Controller 106: Network Controller 108: Main Controller 110: External Sources 120:Database 124: Building Management Systems (BMS) 200: Communication Network 201: Extranet 203: access network 204: Power Link 205: Vertical Communication Line 207: First Control Panel 209: Second Control Panel 211: Third Control Panel 213, 215, 217: Links 219, 221, 223: Horizontal data planes 251a~251e: Network adapter 253: Collection 255: IGU 257: Third Party Devices 259, 261, 263: Links 265a, 265b: head end 267: switch 269: Distributed Antenna Systems 271: Link 273: Antenna 275a, 275b: Client Nodes 277: Network Adapter 279: Link 281: Line 283: Second Link 285: Line 287: Antenna 289: Antenna 290: Assign Junction 300: Cabling Network 301, 302, 303: Assignment junctions 306: Controller 310: Assign Junction 321: Antenna 322: Antenna 341: Local Controller 342: IGU 343: Sensor 350: Busbar cable 351, 352, 353: Branch cables 361: First winding 362: Second Winding 363: Tertiary winding 380: Assign Junction 400: Network cable 401: Inner conductor 402: Insulator 403: Outer conductor 404: Insulator 500, 510, 520: Frequency range 501: DC signal 502: First time-varying signal frequency set 503: Frequency Guard Band 504: Second time-varying signal frequency set 511: DC signal 512: First time-varying signal frequency set 513: Frequency guard band 514: Second time-varying signal frequency set 515: Frequency guard band 516: Third time-varying signal frequency set 517: Frequency guard band 518: Fourth time-varying signal frequency set 521: DC signal 522: first time-varying signal frequency set 523: Frequency guard band 524: Second time-varying signal frequency set 525: Frequency guard band 526: Third time-varying signal frequency set 527: Frequency Guard Band 528: Notch Protector 529: Fourth time-varying signal frequency set 530: Time-varying signal frequency set 600: Network Adapter 605: Cable 607: Inductive choke 609: Line 611: DC/DC Converters 613: DC/DC Converters 615: Inductance 617: Circuit 619: Connector 621: Local Controller 622: Cable 623: Interface 625: Controller 627: Processor 700: Control Panel 701, 702: Switch 703: Floor Controller 704,705: Communication head end 706: Power Distribution Unit (PDU) 710: Fiber 712: Ethernet Cable 714: Network bus cable 800: Enclosure 802a-e:EDF 804a-e: Link 806a-c: Cable 808: Device 810: Remote Radio Head (RRH) 812:ID 814: Link 850: Control Panel 900: Internet 901a: Control Panel 901b: Control Panel 901c: Control Panel 901d: Control Panel 902: Cell modem 904: Infrastructure 1001a: Control Panel 1001b: Control Panel 1001c: Control Panel 1001d: Control Panel 1001e: Control Panel 1001f: Control Panel 1001g: Control Panel 1001h: Control Panel 1004: Infrastructure 1101a: Control Panel 1101b: Control Panel 1101c: Control Panel 1101d: Control Panel 1102a: Control Panel 1102b: Control Panel 1102c: Control Panel 1102d: Control Panel 1102e: Control Panel 1102f: Control Panel 1102g: Control Panel 1102h: Control Panel 1103a: Control Panel 1103b: Control Panel 1103c: Control Panel 1103d: Control Panel 1103e: Control Panel 1103f: Control Panel 1103g: Control Panel 1103h: Control Panel 1104: Infrastructure 1200: Electrochromic device 1202: Substrate 1204: Transparent Conductive Layer (TCL) 1206: Electrochromic Layer (EC) 1208: Ion Conductive Layer or Region (IC) 1210: Counter Electrode Layer (CE) 1214: Second TCL 1216: Voltage Source 1220: Electrochromic Stacking 1300: Insulating Glass Unit ("IGU") 1304: First pane 1306: Second pane 1308: Inner volume 1400: Computer Systems 1401: Computer Network 1402: Memory 1403: Communication interface 1404: Storage Unit 1405: Peripherals 1406: Processing Unit 1503: Building Floor 1600: Floor 1601, 1602, 1603, 1604, 1605, 1606: Control Panel 1601', 1602', 1603', 1604', 1605', 1606': network branches 1607, 1608, 1609, 1610, 1611, 1612: Segmentation 1613, 1614, 1615, 1616, 1617: Branching Devices 1613', 1614', 1615', 1616', 1617': leads 1618, 1619: Second wiring branch 1620, 1621, 1622: Device Controllers 1623, 1624, 1625, 1626, 1627: Taps 1628: Head end unit 1629: Power Supply 1700: Floor 1701, 1702, 1703, 1704, 1705, 1706: Distributed Control Panels 1701', 1702', 1703', 1704', 1705', 1706', 1714', 1715', 1716': network branch 1707, 1708, 1709, 1710, 1711, 1712: Segmentation 1713: Main First Wiring Ring 1714, 1715, 1716: Distributed Control Panels 1717, 1718, 1719: Segmentation 1720: Secondary first wiring loop 1721: Segmentation 1722: Segmentation 1800: Floor 1801, 1802, 1803, 1804, 1805, 1806, 1807, 1808, 1809: Distributed Control Panels 1801’, 1802’, 1803’, 1804’, 1805’, 1806’, 1807’, 1808’, 1809’: network branches 1810, 1811, 1812, 1813, 1814, 1815, 1816, 1817, 1818, 1819: Segmentation 1900: Assigning junctions 1902: First (DC) blocking capacitor 1904: Second (DC) blocking capacitor 1906: Third (DC) blocking capacitor 1908: First series inductance 1910: The third series inductance 1912: Second series inductance 1914: Match Load 1916: Directional Coupler 1930: The first port 1931: Second Port 1933: The third port 1941: input port 1942: Transmission Port 1943: Coupling Ports 1944: Quarantine Port 2000: First distribution junction 2001: The first port 2002: Second Port 2003: The third port 2011: The first port 2012: Second Port 2013: The third port 2021: The first port 2022: Second port 2023: The third port 2060: Third Distribution Junction 2100: Assign Junctions 2102: Second port 2103: The third port 2106: The first port 2200: Assign Junctions 2202: First Power Blocking Capacitor 2204: Second Power Blocking Capacitor 2206: Third Power Blocking Capacitor 2208: First series inductance 2210: The third series inductance 2212: First switch 2214: match load 2216: First directional coupler 2220: Fourth series inductance 2222: Second series inductance 2226: match load 2228: Second switch 2230: First port 2231: second port 2233: The third port 2234: Fourth port 2236: Second directional coupler 2241: input port 2242: Transmission port 2243: Coupling port 2244: Isolation port 2246: Fourth Power Blocking Capacitor 2251: input port 2252: Transmission port 2253: Coupling port 2254: Isolation port 2300: First Cabling Network 2301: First Controller Panel 2303: Second Controller Panel 2305: Third Controller Panel 2312: Assign Junction 2314: First Downstream Device 2315: Branch Cable 2316: Second downstream device 2318: Breakout 2320: Breakout 2321: Busbar cable 2322: Taps 2323: Busbar cable 2325: Busbar cable 2330: Second Cabling Network 2360: Third Cabling Network

The novel features of the invention are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present invention will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description of its set forth illustrative embodiments, the principles of the invention, and the accompanying drawings or figures (also referred to herein as "drawings" and "drawings"). ),in:

[Fig. 1] A perspective view schematically depicting a control system architecture and an enclosure;

[Figure 2] A schematic representation of a network infrastructure;

[FIG. 3] diagrammatically depicts a circuit and shows a distribution junction housing;

[FIG. 4] diagrammatically depicts a network cable;

[FIG. 5] A schematic representation of signals at different frequencies;

[FIG. 6] diagrammatically depicts a network adapter;

[FIG. 7] diagrammatically depicts a control panel;

[FIG. 8] diagrammatically depicts a network infrastructure;

[FIG. 9] diagrammatically depicts a network infrastructure;

[FIG. 10] diagrammatically depicts a network infrastructure;

[FIGS. 11A, 11B, and 11C] diagrammatically depict network infrastructure;

[FIG. 12] A cross-sectional view schematically depicting one of the electrochromic devices;

[FIG. 13] A cross-sectional view schematically depicting one of the color-changing windows;

[FIG. 14] schematically depicts a computer system;

[FIG. 15] Schematic diagrams of various facility floor network topologies.

[FIG. 16A] diagrammatically depicts a facility floor network topology, and [FIG. 16B] depicts a view of a portion of a facility floor network;

[FIG. 17A-B] diagrammatically depicts various facility floor network topologies;

[Fig. 18] schematically depicts a facility floor network topology;

[FIG. 19] An electronic schematic diagram schematically depicting a distribution junction;

[FIG. 20] diagrammatically depicts various mechanical architectures associated with dispensing junctions;

[FIG. 21] diagrammatically depicts various mechanical architectures associated with dispensing junctions;

[FIG. 22] An electronic schematic diagram schematically depicting a distribution junction;

[FIG. 23] A schematic depiction of various network infrastructures;

[FIG. 24] A flow diagram depicting an illustrative method of utilizing an assignment interface;

[FIG. 25] A flowchart depicting an illustrative method of managing a device;

[FIG. 26] A flowchart depicting an illustrative method of prioritizing a power budget for a device;

[FIG. 27] A flowchart depicting an illustrative method of managing power distribution for a device; and

[FIG. 28] A flowchart depicting an illustrative method of managing devices in the background of a color-changing window;

The drawings and components herein may not be drawn to scale. The various components of the drawings described herein may not be drawn to scale.

200: Communication Network

201: Extranet

203: access network

204: Power Link

205: Vertical Communication Line

207: First Control Panel

209: Second Control Panel

211: Third Control Panel

213, 215, 217: Links

219, 221, 223: Horizontal data planes

251a~251e: Network adapter

253: Collection

255: IGU

257: Third Party Devices

259, 261, 263: Links

265a, 265b: head end

267: switch

269: Distributed Antenna Systems

271: Link

273: Antenna

275a, 275b: Client Nodes

277: Network Adapter

279: Link

281: Line

283: Second Link

285: Line

287: Antenna

289: Antenna

290: Assign Junction

Claims (275)

A system for power and communication transmission in a facility, the system comprising: (a) a cabling system having a cable configured to carry electrical current, a first communication type for controlling at least one device of the facility, and a second communication type configured for media communication, the a cabling system configured to be operatively coupled to the at least one device; (b) a first antenna configured to receive signals of the second communication type outside the facility and externally transmit signals of the second communication type to the facility, the first antenna being operatively coupled to the cabling system; (c) a second antenna configured to (i) receive signals of the second communication type within the facility, and (ii) transmit signals of the second communication type internally within the facility, the second communication type an antenna is operatively coupled to the cabling system; and (d) at least one controller operatively coupled to the cabling system and configured to control the at least one device using the first communication type. The system of claim 1, wherein the cable is configured to carry current, the first communication type, and the second communication type simultaneously. The system of claim 1, wherein the first communication type and the second communication type do not have overlapping signal frequencies. The system of claim 1, wherein the first communication type is in a frequency window. The system of claim 1, wherein the first communication type includes a plurality of frequency windows. The system of claim 1, wherein the second communication type is in a frequency window. The system of claim 1, wherein the second communication type includes a plurality of frequency windows. The system of claim 1, wherein the cabling system is operatively coupled to one or more signal frequency filters. The system of claim 1, wherein the cabling system is operatively coupled to one or more signal amplifiers and/or repeaters. The system of claim 1, wherein the second communication type includes fourth generation (4G) and/or fifth generation (5G) cellular communication. The system of claim 1, wherein the second communication type comprises an analog radio frequency signal. The system of claim 1, wherein the first antenna is a directional antenna. The system of claim 1, wherein the second antenna is part of a distributed antenna system. The system of claim 1, wherein the second antenna is configured in one of a plurality of edge distribution frame devices configured in the facility. The system of claim 1, wherein the current is a direct current. The system of claim 1, wherein the current directed to the at least one device is a maximum of about 48 volts direct current. The system of claim 1, wherein the cable of the cabling system is a coaxial cable. The system of claim 1, wherein the cabling system includes an optical cable. The system of claim 1, wherein the facility includes floors, and wherein the cabling system includes an optical fiber cable that transmits the first communication type and/or the second communication type between the floors. The system of claim 1, wherein the facility includes a plurality of control panels, and wherein the cabling system includes a fiber optic cable that transmits the first communication type and/or the second communication type between the plurality of control panels. The system of claim 1, wherein the cabling system includes a distribution junction. The system of claim 16, wherein the distribution junction distributes the power unevenly. The system of claim 16, wherein the distribution interface distributes the first communication type and/or the second communication type unevenly. The system of claim 16, wherein the allocation interface is passive. The system of claim 16, wherein the distribution interface includes an active element. The system of claim 25, wherein the active element is a controller. The system of claim 1, wherein the at least one controller is configured to generate the first communication type. The system of claim 1, wherein the at least one controller is configured to be operatively coupled to a building management system. The system of claim 1, wherein the first communication type is generated and/or used by the at least one device. The system of claim 1, wherein the at least one device comprises a sensor, transmitter, antenna, color changing window, lighting, security system, heating ventilation and air conditioning system (HVAC). The system of claim 30, wherein the sensor is sensitive to movement. The system of claim 30, wherein the sensor includes an accelerometer. The system of claim 30, wherein the transmitter comprises a light transmitter or a sound transmitter. The system of claim 30, wherein the sensor comprises an infrared, ultraviolet, or visible light sensor. The system of claim 30, wherein the sensor is sensitive to at least one environmental characteristic, including humidity, carbon dioxide, temperature, sound, electromagnetic, volatile organic compounds, or pressure. The system of claim 30, wherein the sensor comprises a gas sensor sensitive to gas type, movement, and/or pressure. The system of claim 1, wherein the device comprises part of a device ensemble of one or more devices enclosed in a housing. The system of claim 37, wherein the one or more devices comprise at least two devices of the same type. The system of claim 37, wherein the one or more devices includes at least two devices that are of different types. The system of claim 1, wherein the facility is a multistory building. The system of claim 40, wherein the cabling system serves at least a portion of the multistory building therein. The system of claim 40, wherein the multistory building is a skyscraper. A method of power and communication transmission in a facility, the method comprising using the system of any one of claims 1-42 to perform at least one operation. An apparatus for power and communication transmission in a facility, the apparatus comprising at least one controller configured to be operatively coupled to the system and to use the system of any one of claims 1 to 42 to perform (or direct) at least one operation (the performance of). The apparatus of claim 44, wherein the at least one controller comprises circuitry. The apparatus of claim 44, wherein at least two of the at least one operation are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. The apparatus of claim 44, wherein at least two of the at least one operation are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller. A non-transitory computer-readable program product for power and communication transmission in a facility, the non-transitory computer program product having instructions written thereon which, when executed by one or more processors, cause The one or more processors perform at least one operation using the system of any one of claims 1-42. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 48, wherein one or more processors are operatively coupled to the system. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 48, wherein at least two of the at least one operation are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 48, wherein at least two of the at least one operation are performed by different processors of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 48, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 48, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. An apparatus for controlling at least one device of a facility, the apparatus comprising at least one controller having an electrical circuit, the at least one controller being configured to: (a) coupled to a cabling system having a cable configured to carry electrical current, a first communication type for controlling the at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication, the a cabling system configured to be operatively coupled to the at least one device; (b) coupled to a first antenna configured to receive signals of the second communication type outside the facility and externally transmit signals of the second communication type to the facility; (c) coupled to a second antenna configured to (i) receive signals of the second communication type within the facility, and (ii) transmit signals of the second communication type internally within the facility; (d) directing the second communication type from the first antenna to the second antenna; directing the second communication type from the second antenna to the first antenna; operatively coupled to the at least one device of the facility; and (e) using (or directing) the first communication type to control the at least one device of the facility. The apparatus of claim 54, wherein the at least one controller comprises circuitry. The apparatus of claim 54, wherein at least two of (a) to (e) are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. The apparatus of claim 54, wherein at least two of (a) to (e) are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller. A non-transitory computer-readable program product for controlling at least one device of a facility, the non-transitory computer-readable program product having instructions that, when read by at least one processor, cause the at least one The processor performs operations including the following: (a) A first communication type for controlling the at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication through a cable that transmits (or directs transmission) current to the at least one device a portion of a cabling system to which it is operatively coupled; (b) directing signals of the second communication type received by a first antenna to a second antenna and signals of the second communication type received by the second antenna to the first antenna, The first antenna is configured to receive signals of the second communication type externally to the facility and to transmit signals of the second communication type externally to the facility, the second antenna is configured to (i) at the facility receiving signals of the second communication type internally at the facility, and (ii) internally transmitting signals of the second communication type within the facility; and (c) controlling (or directing) (the control of) the at least one device by using the first communication type. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 58, wherein the one or more processors are operatively coupled to the cabling system. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 58, wherein at least two of the operations are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 58, wherein at least two of the operations are performed by different processors of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 58, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 58, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. A method for controlling at least one device of a facility, the method comprising: (a) through a cable to transmit (i) a current, (ii) a first communication type for controlling the at least one device, and (iii) a second communication type configured for media communication, the cable is part of a cabling system to which the at least one device is operatively coupled; (b) directing signals of the second communication type received by a first antenna to a second antenna, and signals of the second communication type received by the second antenna to the first antenna , the first antenna is configured to receive signals of the second communication type outside the facility and externally transmit signals of the second communication type to the facility, the second antenna is configured to (i) in The facility internally receives the second communication type signal, and (ii) internally transmits the second communication type signal in the facility; and (c) controlling the at least one device by using the first communication type. The method of claim 64, further comprising simultaneously transmitting the current, the first communication type, and the second communication type on the cable. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the first communication type and the second communication type such that the first communication type and the second communication type do not have overlapping signal frequencies. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the first communication type in a frequency window. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the first communication type in a plurality of frequency windows. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the second communication type in a frequency window. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the second communication type in the plurality of frequency windows. The method of claim 64, further comprising operatively coupling the cabling system to one or more signal frequency filters. The method of claim 64, further comprising operatively coupling the cabling system to one or more signal amplifiers and/or repeaters. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the second communication type as fourth generation (4G) and/or fifth generation (5G) cellular communication. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the second communication type as an analog radio frequency signal. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the first antenna as a directional antenna. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the second antenna as part of a distributed antenna system. The method of claim 64, further comprising configuring the second antenna in one of a plurality of edge distribution frame devices configured in the facility. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the current as a direct current. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the current at a maximum of about 48 volts of direct current. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the cable of the cabling system as a coaxial cable. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the cabling system including a fiber optic cable. The method of claim 64, wherein the facility comprises floors, the method further comprising providing and/or using the cabling system including a fiber optic cable configured to carry the first communication type between the floors and /or the second communication type. The method of claim 64, wherein the facility includes a plurality of control panels, the method further comprising providing and/or using the cabling system including a fiber optic cable configured to transmit the first control panel between the plurality of control panels A communication type and/or the second communication type. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using a distribution interface as part of the cabling system. The method of claim 84, further comprising the distribution junction distributing the power unevenly. The method of claim 84, further comprising the assigning interface unevenly assigning the first communication type and/or the second communication type. The method of claim 84, further comprising providing and/or using the distribution interface as a passive component. The method of claim 84, further comprising providing and/or using the distribution interface as an active device. The method of claim 88, further comprising providing and/or using the active element as a controller. The method of claim 64, wherein the cabling system is operatively coupled to a building management system. The method of claim 64, further comprising generating and/or utilizing the first communication type by the at least one device. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the at least one device comprising a sensor, transmitter, antenna, color changing window, lighting, security system, heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC), or its any combination or plural. The method of claim 92, wherein the sensor is configured to sense movement. The method of claim 92, wherein the sensor comprises an accelerometer. The method of claim 92, wherein the transmitter comprises a light transmitter or a sound transmitter. The method of claim 92, wherein the sensor comprises an infrared, an ultraviolet, or a visible light sensor. The method of claim 92, further comprising wherein the sensor is configured to sense at least one environmental characteristic, including humidity, carbon dioxide, temperature, sound, electromagnetic, volatile organic compounds, or pressure. The method of claim 92, wherein the sensor comprises a gas sensor sensitive to: gas type, movement, and/or pressure. The method of claim 64, further comprising configuring the device to be part of a device ensemble comprising one or more devices enclosed in a housing. The method of claim 99, further comprising configuring the one or more devices to be at least two devices of the same type. The method of claim 99, further comprising configuring the one or more devices to be at least two devices of different types. The method of claim 64, further comprising configuring the facility to be a multi-story building. The method of claim 102, further comprising configuring the cabling system to service at least a portion of the multistory building. The method of claim 102, wherein the multistory building is a skyscraper. The method of claim 64, further comprising providing and/or using the cabling system as a trunk cable. The method of claim 105, further comprising providing and/or using a distribution interface configured to operatively couple the trunk cable to a drop cable. An apparatus for controlling at least one device of a facility, the apparatus comprising at least one controller having an electrical circuit, the at least one controller being configured to: (i) operatively coupled to a cabling system comprising: a trunk cable configured to carry electrical current, a first communication type for controlling at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication, a branch cable configured to carry the current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or (ii) the second communication type, the branch cable configured to couple to the at least one device; A distribution junction comprising a first connection, a second connection, and a third connection, the junction being configured to: (a) coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) directing the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (d) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (e) direct the current from the trunk cable to the branch cable, and (f) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the trunk cable to the branch cable, (g) operatively coupled to the at least one device; and (h) using (or directing) the first communication type to control the at least one device. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein the at least one controller is configured to receive (or direct) a power request from the at least one device. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein the at least one controller is configured to receive (or direct) a power demand from the at least one device. The apparatus of claim 108, wherein the at least one controller is configured to direct the current to the at least one device along the trunk cable, the current being transmitted through the distribution junction. The apparatus of claim 109, wherein the transmission of the current through the distribution junction is performed without the control of the at least one controller. The apparatus of claim 109, wherein the distribution interface is configured not to be controlled by a first controller, the first controller is configured to control: (i) the current, (ii) the first communication type , (iii) the second communication type, or (iv) any combination thereof. The apparatus of claim 112, wherein the distribution interface is controlled by a second controller different from the first controller. The apparatus of claim 112, wherein the distribution interface is not controlled by a controller. The apparatus of claim 109, wherein the allocation interface is passive. The apparatus of claim 109, wherein the distribution interface includes a controller that controls (i) the current, (ii) the first communication type, and/or (iii) the second communication type, via the Allocate the interface to transmit. The apparatus of claim 109, wherein the allocation interface is active. The apparatus of claim 109, wherein the at least one controller is configured to control the directed current in response to the power demand received from the at least one device. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein the at least one controller is configured to formulate (or direct) a time schedule (formulation of) for operation of the at least one device. The apparatus of claim 119, wherein the at least one controller is configured to determine (or direct) its time duration (determination) for a given procedure to occur on the device. The apparatus of claim 120, wherein the at least one controller is configured to determine (or direct) when the at least one device needs to operate. The apparatus of claim 121, wherein the at least one controller is configured to determine (or direct) (i) a mode of operation, (ii) a scheme of the at least one device, or (iii) any combination or plural ( judgment). The apparatus of claim 122, wherein the determination is based, at least in part, on operation of at least one other device operatively coupled to the network. The apparatus of claim 122, wherein the mode of operation comprises continuous operation and/or intermittent operation. The apparatus of claim 122, wherein the at least one device comprises a first device having a first mode of operation and a second device having a second mode of operation, and the at least one controller is configured to be interleaved (or guide) the (interleaving) of the first and second modes of operation. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein the at least one device comprises a first device configured to send a first request, and a second device configured to send a second request, and wherein the at least one controller is The configuration is to interleave (or direct) the first request and (the interleaving of) the second request. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein the at least one device is a third-party device. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein the at least one controller is configured to manage (or direct) the (management of) the at least one device. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein the at least one controller is configured to operate (or direct) the (operation of) the at least one device. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein the at least one controller is configured to identify (or direct) how the at least one controller is operatively coupled (i) to a channel of the plurality of channels, and/or (ii) to (identification of) a device of the at least one device. The apparatus of claim 130, wherein the at least one controller is configured to prioritize (or direct) a power budget for the at least one controller and/or the channel according to a logic. The apparatus of claim 127, wherein the logic comprises business logic. The apparatus of claim 127, wherein the logic includes a space specification. The apparatus of claim 133, wherein the space specifies a prioritization of spaces containing the facility. The apparatus of claim 133, wherein the space designation contains a class (eg, a type) of a space. The apparatus of claim 133, wherein the space designation comprises a space having at least one characteristic comprising: a height, a width, a length, a floor area, a volume, a temperature, a humidity level, a pollutant level, a radon level, a particle level, a carbon dioxide level, a volatile organic compound (VOC) level, a pollen level, a residential space, a commercial space, an office space, including one or more 1 compartment, 1 dining space, 1 living space, 1 bedroom space, 1 garage, 1 factory, 1 basement, 1 storage area, 1 toilet, 1 closet, 1 entrance, 1 corridor, 1 windowless space, with A space with one or more windows, a space with an exterior wall, a space with only interior walls, a thermally insulated space, a non-thermally insulated space, an acoustically insulated space, a non-acoustically insulated space, or the like any combination. The apparatus of claim 133, wherein the space designation includes an occupancy level. The apparatus of claim 137, wherein the at least one controller is configured to determine (or direct) the occupancy level by using at least one occupancy sensor. The apparatus of claim 138, wherein the at least one occupancy sensor comprises a geographic location, infrared, or visible light sensor. 139. The apparatus of claim 139, wherein the geographic location sensor is configured to detect electromagnetic radiation including ultra-wideband (UWB) radio waves, ultra-high frequency (UHF) radio waves, or those in the Global Positioning System (GPS) used radio waves. The apparatus of claim 137, wherein the at least one controller is configured to determine (or direct) the occupancy level based at least in part on a termination inference algorithm. The apparatus of claim 133, wherein the space designation includes an occupancy level. The apparatus of claim 127, wherein the logic includes a schedule, or one or more external conditions external to the facility. The apparatus of claim 127, wherein the logic comprises (i) a device specification, (ii) a device power request, (iii) a device power requirement for the at least one device, (iv) a power from the at least one device request, (v) a predicted power usage for the at least one device, (vi) machine learning (ML), (vii) one or more scheduling limits, (vii) historical data, (viii) product management, or (ix) ) one or more reasonable inferences. The apparatus of claim 132, wherein the device power requirement specifies one or more specifications including (i) an amount of power, (ii) a delivery time of power, or (iii) a delivery duration of power. The apparatus of claim 127, wherein the at least one controller is configured to use (or direct) the power budget prioritization (use) to generate the channel of the plurality of channels, and/or the device of the at least one device an electricity distribution scheme. The apparatus of claim 127, wherein the at least one controller is configured to distribute (or direct) power to the channel of the plurality of channels and/or the device of the at least one device. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein the at least one device comprises a plurality of devices and the at least one controller is configured to define (or direct) a priority list (definition of) of devices for power usage between the plurality of devices . The apparatus of claim 148, wherein the at least one controller is configured to monitor (or direct the monitoring of) power distribution to the plurality of devices, and wherein the plurality of devices are coupled to a network. The apparatus of claim 149, wherein the at least one controller is configured to receive (or direct) a power budget request from one or more of the plurality of devices. The apparatus of claim 150, wherein the at least one controller is configured to take into account (or direct) (i) the power budget request, (ii) the power budget request and any other power budget request, (iii) the network a distribution status of the power in the network, (iv) a distribution forecast of the power in the network in the future, (v) a historical power usage of any of the plurality of devices in the network, (vi) the power of any of the plurality of devices Use trends, or (vii) any combination or plural thereof. The apparatus of claim 150, wherein the at least one controller is configured to generate (or direct) a result (the generation) of the power distribution with respect to a device of the plurality of devices, the at least one controller is derived from the The device receives the power budget request. The apparatus of claim 152, wherein the at least one controller is configured to intermittently supply (or direct) power to the device of the plurality of devices, the at least one controller receiving the power from the device Budget request. The apparatus of claim 153, wherein the intermittent supply comprises regular (eg, repeating) intervals. The apparatus of claim 153, wherein the intermittent supply comprises irregular (eg, non-repeating) intervals. The apparatus of claim 152, wherein the at least one controller is configured to delay (or direct) the continuous supply of power to the device of the plurality of devices from which the at least one controller receives the power Budget request. The apparatus of claim 149, wherein the at least one controller is configured to disconnect (or direct) disconnection of a device of the plurality of devices in response to detecting that the device is consuming power above a threshold value ). The apparatus of claim 149, wherein the at least one controller is configured to terminate (or direct) the second communication type to a one of the plurality of devices in response to detecting that the device is using power above a threshold device (termination). The apparatus of claim 149, wherein the at least one controller is configured to remove (or direct) an operation of the power from a device of the plurality of devices in response to detecting that the device is using power above a threshold at least a portion of (removal). The apparatus of claim 148, wherein the priority list is based at least in part on business logic. The apparatus of claim 150, wherein the power budget request is for a modified power budget. The apparatus of claim 151, wherein the power usage trend is determined based at least in part on machine learning. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein the at least one controller is operatively coupled to a network and the one or more color-changing windows are operatively coupled to the network. The apparatus of claim 163, wherein the at least one controller is configured to generate (or direct) a model using one or more modes of operation of the color-changing windows. The apparatus of claim 164, wherein the one or more modes of operation include a transition of the one or more color-changing windows. The apparatus of claim 164, wherein the one or more modes of operation comprise artificial intelligence or machine learning. The apparatus of claim 164, wherein the at least one controller is configured to collect (or direct) information to generate a training set. The apparatus of claim 167, wherein the collected information includes historical measurements. The apparatus of claim 168, wherein the historical measurements are historical measurements of the facility. The apparatus of claim 168, wherein the historical measurements are historical measurements of another facility. The apparatus of claim 167, wherein the collected information comprises synthesized measurements. The apparatus of claim 167, wherein the collected information is collected from software and/or hardware of a local controller. The apparatus of claim 167, wherein the at least one controller is configured to use (or direct) the training set to predict future power usage of the at least one device. The apparatus of claim 173, wherein the at least one controller is configured to deliver (or direct) power to the at least one device based at least on the prediction of future power usage of the at least one device. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein the at least one controller comprises circuitry. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein at least two of (a) to (h) are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. The apparatus of claim 107, wherein at least two of (a) to (h) are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller. A method of controlling at least one device of a facility, the method comprising performing at least one operation using the operation of the at least one controller as in any one of claims 107-174. A non-transitory computer-readable program product for controlling at least one device of a facility, the non-transitory computer program product having instructions written thereon which, when executed by one or more processors, cause the One or more processors perform operations of the at least one controller as in any of claims 107-174. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 179, wherein the one or more processors are operatively coupled to the trunk line. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 179, wherein at least two of the operations are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 179, wherein at least two of the operations are performed by different processors of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 179, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 179, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. A system for controlling at least one device of a facility, the system comprising a structural assembly as in any one of claims 107 to 174. A system for power and communication transmission, the system comprising: a trunk cable configured to carry an electrical current, a first communication type for controlling at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication; a branch cable configured to carry the current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or (ii) the second communication type, the branch cable configured to couple to the at least one device; and A distribution junction having a first connection, a second connection, and a third connection, the junction being configured to: (a) coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) directing the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (d) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (e) direct the current from the trunk cable to the branch cable, and (f) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the trunk cable to the drop cable. A non-transitory computer-readable program product for controlling at least one device of a facility, the non-transitory computer-readable program product having instructions that, when read by at least one processor, cause the at least one The processor performs operations including the following: (A) to transmit (or direct transmission) current through a cabling system, a first communication type for controlling the at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication, the cable being the at least one The portion of a cabling system to which a device is operatively coupled, the cabling system comprising: a trunk cable configured to carry the current, a first communication type for controlling at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication, a stub cable configured to carry the current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or (ii) the second communication type, the stub cable configured to couple to the at least one device, and A distribution junction having a first connection, a second connection, and a third connection, the junction configured to: (a) coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) directing the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (d) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (e) direct the current from the trunk cable to the branch cable, and (f) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the trunk cable to the branch cable; and (B) controlling (or directing) (the control of) the at least one device by using the first communication type. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 187, wherein the one or more processors are operatively coupled to the trunk line. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 187, wherein at least two of the operations are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 187, wherein at least two of the operations are performed by different ones of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 187, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 187, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. A method for controlling at least one device of a facility, the method comprising: (A) through a cabling system to carry a current, a first communication type for controlling the at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication, the cable being operated by the at least one device part of a cabling system that is deterministically coupled to, the cabling system comprising: a trunk cable configured to carry the current, a first communication type for controlling at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication, a stub cable configured to carry the current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or (ii) the second communication type, the stub cable configured to couple to the at least one device, and A distribution junction having a first connection, a second connection, and a third connection, the junction configured to: (a) coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) directing the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (d) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (e) direct the current from the trunk cable to the branch cable, and (f) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the trunk cable to the branch cable; and (B) controlling the at least one device by using the first communication type. A system for power and communication transmission, the system comprising: a trunk cable configured to carry an electrical current, a first communication type of devices for controlling a facility, and a second communication type configured for media communication; a plurality of branch cables configured to carry the current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or (ii) the second communication type, the plurality of branch cables being configured to couple to the devices; and At least a controller configured to control the distribution of the current and/or the activation of the devices by taking into account the current delivered in the system. An apparatus for controlling a device of a facility, the apparatus comprising at least one controller having an electrical circuit, the at least one controller being configured to: (A) operatively coupled to a cabling system comprising: a trunk cable configured to carry an electrical current, a first communication type for controlling the devices, and a second communication type configured for media communication, a plurality of branch cables configured to carry the current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or (ii) the second communication type, the plurality of branch cables being configured to couple to the devices; (B) operatively coupled to the devices; and (C) controlling (or directing) the distribution of the current and/or the activation of the devices by taking into account the current delivered in the system. The apparatus of claim 195, wherein the at least one controller comprises circuitry. The apparatus of claim 195, wherein at least two of (A) to (C) are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. The apparatus of claim 195, wherein at least two of (A) to (C) are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller. A non-transitory computer readable program product for controlling a device in a facility, the non-transitory computer readable program product having instructions that, when read by at least one processor, cause the at least one processor Perform operations including the following: (A) to transmit (or direct transmission) current through a cabling system, a first communication type for controlling the devices, and a second communication type configured for media communication, the cable being the at least one The portion of the cabling system to which the device is operatively coupled, the cabling system comprising: a trunk cable configured to carry the current, a first communication type for controlling the devices, and a second communication type configured for media communication, a plurality of trunk cables configured to carry the current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or (ii) the second communication type, the branch lines configured to couple to the devices; and (B) controlling (or directing) the distribution of the current and/or the activation of the devices by taking into account the current delivered in the system. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 199, wherein the one or more processors are operatively coupled to the cabling system. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 199, wherein the operations are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 199, wherein the operations are performed by different processors of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 199, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 199, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. A method for controlling at least one device of a facility, the method comprising: (A) through a cabling system to transmit a current, a first communication type for controlling the at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication, the cable being operated by the at least one device part of a cabling system that is deterministically coupled to, the cabling system comprising: a trunk cable configured to carry the current, a first communication type for controlling the devices, and a second communication type configured for media communication, a plurality of trunk cables configured to carry the current, and (i) the first communication type, and/or (ii) the second communication type, the branch lines configured to couple to the devices; and (B) Controlling the distribution of the current and/or the activation of the devices by taking into account the current delivered in the system. A system for controlling at least one device of a facility, the system comprising: a trunk cable configured to carry an electrical current, a first communication type for controlling at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication, a branch cable configured to (i) carry the current, (ii) the first communication type, and/or (iii) the second communication type, the branch cable configured to couple to the at least one device; A distribution junction having a first connection, a second connection, and a third connection, the distribution junction being configured to: (a) coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) directing the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (d) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (e) direct the current from the trunk cable to the branch cable, and (f) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the trunk cable to the branch cable; and (g) operatively coupled to the at least one device. The system of claim 206, wherein the distribution interface is configured to facilitate two-way communication. The system of claim 206, wherein the distribution interface is configured to direct the current along the trunk cable from the second connection to the first connection. The system of claim 206, wherein directing the current, the first communication type and/or the second communication type is passive. The system of claim 206, wherein directing the current, the first communication type and/or the second communication type is (i) active, (ii) dynamic, or (iii) active and dynamic. The system of claim 206, wherein directing the current, the first communication type and/or the second communication type is facilitated by at least one controller. The system of claim 211, wherein the at least one controller is disposed in the distribution interface. The system of claim 211, wherein the at least one controller comprises a microcontroller. The system of claim 206, wherein the distribution interface is configured to direct the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the second connection to the first connection. The system of claim 206, wherein the distribution interface is configured to direct the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the drop cable to the trunk cable. The system of claim 206, wherein the distribution interface is configured to connect to the at least one device through the trunk. A method of controlling at least one device of a facility, the method comprising: (A) Use a cabling system that includes: (1) a trunk cable configured to carry a current, a first communication type for controlling at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication, (II) a branch cable configured to (i) carry the current, (ii) the first communication type, and/or (iii) the second communication type, the branch cable configured to be coupled to the at least a device, and (III) A distribution junction having a first connection, a second connection, and a third connection, the distribution junction is configured to: (a) coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) directing the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (d) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (e) direct the current from the trunk cable to the branch cable, and (f) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the trunk cable to the branch cable, (g) operatively coupled to the at least one device; and (B) controlling the at least one device at least in part by using the first communication type. The method of claim 207, further comprising providing and/or using the distribution interface which facilitates two-way communication. The method of claim 207, further comprising providing and/or using the distribution junction to direct the current flow from the second connection to the first connection along the trunk cable. The method of claim 207, further comprising providing and/or using the distribution interface to direct the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the second connection to the first connection. The method of claim 207, further comprising providing and/or using the distribution interface to direct the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the drop cable to the trunk cable. The method of claim 207, further comprising providing and/or using the distribution interface to connect to the at least one device through the trunk. The method of claim 207, wherein the distribution interface is configured to passively direct the current, the first communication type, and/or the second communication type. The method of claim 207, wherein the distribution interface is configured to actively and/or dynamically direct the current, the first communication type, and/or the second communication type. The method of claim 207, wherein directing the current, the first communication type and/or the second communication type by the distribution interface is facilitated by at least one controller. The method of claim 225, wherein the at least one controller is disposed in the distribution interface. The method of claim 225, wherein the at least one controller comprises a microcontroller. An apparatus for controlling at least one device of a facility, the apparatus comprising at least one controller configured to: (A) operatively coupled to a cabling system comprising: a trunk cable configured to carry an electrical current, a first communication type for controlling at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication; a branch cable configured to (i) carry the current, (ii) the first communication type, and/or (iii) the second communication type, the branch cable configured to couple to the at least one device; A distribution junction having a first connection, a second connection, and a third connection, the distribution junction being configured to: (a) coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) directing the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (d) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (e) direct the current from the trunk cable to the branch cable, and (f) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the trunk cable to the branch cable, (g) operatively coupled to the at least one device; and (B) use (or direct) the cabling system; and (C) controlling (or directing) (the control of) the at least one device at least in part by using the first communication type. The apparatus of claim 228, wherein the at least one controller comprises circuitry. The apparatus of claim 228, wherein at least two of (A) to (C) are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. The apparatus of claim 228, wherein at least two of (A) to (C) are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller. A non-transitory computer-readable program product for controlling at least one device of a facility, the non-transitory computer program product having instructions written thereon, when used by a cabling system operatively coupled to the facility When executed by one or more processors, the instructions cause the one or more processors to perform operations, and the cabling system includes: a trunk cable configured to carry an electrical current, a first communication type for controlling at least one device, and a second communication type configured for media communication; a branch cable configured to (i) carry the current, (ii) the first communication type, and/or (iii) the second communication type, the branch cable configured to couple to the at least one device; A distribution junction having a first connection, a second connection, and a third connection, the distribution junction being configured to: (a) coupled along the trunk cable by the first connection and by the second connection, (b) coupled to the branch line by the third connection, (c) directing the current along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (d) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type along the trunk cable from the first connection to the second connection, (e) direct the current from the trunk cable to the branch cable, and (f) directing the first communication type and/or the second communication type from the trunk cable to the branch cable, (g) operatively coupled to the at least one device; Such operations include: (A) use (or direct) the cabling system; and (B) controlling (or directing) (the control of) the at least one device at least in part by using the first communication type. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 232, wherein the one or more processors are operatively coupled to the cabling system. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 232, wherein the operations are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 232, wherein the operations are performed by different processors of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 232, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 232, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. A method of controlling at least one device of a facility, the method comprising: (a) Directing the transfer of a current from a trunk cable to a device through a drop cable operatively coupled to the trunk cable through a distribution junction configured to direct a current from the trunk cable to the branch cable; (b) monitor the power consumption of the device on the trunk cable, the distribution junction, and the branch cable; and (c) controlling the current from the trunk cable to the device in response to the monitoring. The method of claim 238, wherein the facility comprises a building. The method of claim 238, wherein the facility is a commercial facility. The method of claim 238, wherein the facility is a residential facility. The method of claim 241, wherein the residential facility comprises a single-family dwelling. The method of claim 241, wherein the residential facility comprises a multi-family dwelling. The method of claim 238, wherein the distribution interface is configured to direct communication from the trunk cable to the drop cable. The method of claim 244, wherein the communication includes a first communication type and a second communication type. The method of claim 245, wherein the first communication type utilizes a different wavelength than the wavelength utilized by the second communication type. The method of claim 244, wherein the communication comprises a media communication. The method of claim 244, wherein the communication comprises cellular communication. The method of claim 248, wherein the cellular communication conforms to at least (i) fourth generation, (ii) fifth generation, or (iii) fourth and fifth generation cellular communication protocols. The method of claim 244, wherein the communication includes data transfer. The method of claim 244, wherein the communication conforms to a control protocol. The method of claim 238, further comprising controlling the communication from the trunk cable to the device in response to the monitoring. The method of claim 238, further comprising providing and/or using the at least one device as a sensor, a transmitter, or a combination thereof. The method of claim 238, further comprising providing and/or using the at least one device as an antenna. An apparatus for controlling at least one device of a facility, the apparatus comprising at least one controller configured to be operatively coupled to the cabling system and to perform (or direct) the methods of claims 238 to 254 any operation (performance) of . The apparatus of claim 255, wherein the at least one controller comprises circuitry. The apparatus of claim 255, wherein at least two of the operations are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. The apparatus of claim 255, wherein at least two of the operations are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller. A non-transitory computer-readable program product for controlling at least one device of a facility, the non-transitory computer program product having instructions written thereon, when operatively coupled to one or more of the cabling system When executed by one processor, the instructions cause the one or more processors to perform any operations such as the methods of claims 238-254. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 259, wherein the one or more processors are operatively coupled to the cabling system. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 259, wherein the operations are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 259, wherein the operations are performed by different ones of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 259, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 259, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. A system for controlling at least one device of a facility, the system comprising a structural assembly as in any one of claims 238-254. A non-transitory computer-readable program product for controlling at least one device of a facility, the non-transitory computer program product having instructions written thereon, when operatively coupled to a cabling system of the facility and When executed by one or more processors to a power supply of current, the instructions cause the one or more processors to perform operations including: (a) directing the transmission of the current from a trunk cable of the cabling system to a device of the facility through a drop cable operatively coupled to the trunk cable through a distribution junction , the distribution junction is configured to direct a current from the trunk cable to the branch cable; (b) monitor (or direct) the power consumption of the device on the trunk cable, the distribution junction, and the branch cable; and (c) responsive to the monitoring to control (or direct) the current flow from the trunk cable to the device. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 266, wherein the non-transitory computer readable program product comprises one or more media. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 266, wherein the operations are performed by the same processor of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer readable program product of claim 266, wherein the operations are performed by different processors of the one or more processors. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 266, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. The non-transitory computer-readable program product of claim 266, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable program product comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium. An apparatus for controlling at least one device of a facility, the apparatus comprising at least one controller configured to: (a) operatively coupled to a cabling system of the facility and to a source of electrical current; (b) directing the transmission of the current from a trunk cable of the cabling system to a device of the facility through a drop cable operatively coupled to the trunk cable through a distribution junction , the distribution junction is configured to direct a current from the trunk cable to the branch cable; (c) monitor (or direct) the power consumption of the device on the trunk cable, the distribution junction, and the branch cable; and (d) responsive to the monitoring to control (or direct) the current flow from the trunk cable to the device. The apparatus of claim 272, wherein the at least one controller comprises circuitry. The apparatus of claim 272, wherein at least two of (b) to (d) are performed by the same controller of the at least one controller. The apparatus of claim 272, wherein at least two of (b) to (d) are performed by different controllers of the at least one controller.

Images